US20100076505A1 - Hip surgery systems and methods - Google Patents

Hip surgery systems and methods Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20100076505A1
US20100076505A1 US12/625,445 US62544509A US2010076505A1 US 20100076505 A1 US20100076505 A1 US 20100076505A1 US 62544509 A US62544509 A US 62544509A US 2010076505 A1 US2010076505 A1 US 2010076505A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
surgical orientation
orientation device
implant
patient
hip
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US12/625,445
Inventor
Santiago P. Borja
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Orthalign Inc
Original Assignee
Orthalign Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Orthalign Inc filed Critical Orthalign Inc
Priority to US12/625,445 priority Critical patent/US20100076505A1/en
Publication of US20100076505A1 publication Critical patent/US20100076505A1/en
Assigned to RESEARCH CORPORATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC. reassignment RESEARCH CORPORATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC. SECURITY AGREEMENT Assignors: OrthAlign, Inc.
Priority to US13/444,142 priority patent/US8974468B2/en
Assigned to OrthAlign, Inc. reassignment OrthAlign, Inc. RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: RESEARCH CORPORATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
Priority to US14/639,784 priority patent/US9931059B2/en
Priority to US15/899,790 priority patent/US10321852B2/en
Priority to US16/402,614 priority patent/US11179062B2/en
Priority to US17/529,683 priority patent/US11540746B2/en
Priority to US18/148,008 priority patent/US20230135541A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/103Detecting, measuring or recording devices for testing the shape, pattern, colour, size or movement of the body or parts thereof, for diagnostic purposes
    • A61B5/107Measuring physical dimensions, e.g. size of the entire body or parts thereof
    • A61B5/1072Measuring physical dimensions, e.g. size of the entire body or parts thereof measuring distances on the body, e.g. measuring length, height or thickness
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/103Detecting, measuring or recording devices for testing the shape, pattern, colour, size or movement of the body or parts thereof, for diagnostic purposes
    • A61B5/107Measuring physical dimensions, e.g. size of the entire body or parts thereof
    • A61B5/1077Measuring of profiles
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/103Detecting, measuring or recording devices for testing the shape, pattern, colour, size or movement of the body or parts thereof, for diagnostic purposes
    • A61B5/107Measuring physical dimensions, e.g. size of the entire body or parts thereof
    • A61B5/1079Measuring physical dimensions, e.g. size of the entire body or parts thereof using optical or photographic means
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/30Joints
    • A61F2/46Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor
    • A61F2/4657Measuring instruments used for implanting artificial joints
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B90/00Instruments, implements or accessories specially adapted for surgery or diagnosis and not covered by any of the groups A61B1/00 - A61B50/00, e.g. for luxation treatment or for protecting wound edges
    • A61B90/06Measuring instruments not otherwise provided for
    • A61B2090/067Measuring instruments not otherwise provided for for measuring angles
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B90/00Instruments, implements or accessories specially adapted for surgery or diagnosis and not covered by any of the groups A61B1/00 - A61B50/00, e.g. for luxation treatment or for protecting wound edges
    • A61B90/08Accessories or related features not otherwise provided for
    • A61B2090/0807Indication means
    • A61B2090/0809Indication of cracks or breakages
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/30Joints
    • A61F2/32Joints for the hip
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/30Joints
    • A61F2/46Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor
    • A61F2/4603Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor for insertion or extraction of endoprosthetic joints or of accessories thereof
    • A61F2/4607Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor for insertion or extraction of endoprosthetic joints or of accessories thereof of hip femoral endoprostheses
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/30Joints
    • A61F2/46Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor
    • A61F2/4603Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor for insertion or extraction of endoprosthetic joints or of accessories thereof
    • A61F2/4609Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor for insertion or extraction of endoprosthetic joints or of accessories thereof of acetabular cups
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/30Joints
    • A61F2/46Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor
    • A61F2/4657Measuring instruments used for implanting artificial joints
    • A61F2002/4658Measuring instruments used for implanting artificial joints for measuring dimensions, e.g. length
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/30Joints
    • A61F2/46Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor
    • A61F2/4657Measuring instruments used for implanting artificial joints
    • A61F2002/4668Measuring instruments used for implanting artificial joints for measuring angles
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/30Joints
    • A61F2/46Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor
    • A61F2002/4687Mechanical guides for implantation instruments

Definitions

  • the present application is directed to systems and methods for joint replacement, in particular to systems and methods for hip joint replacement which utilize a surgical orientation device or devices.
  • Hip joint replacement procedures are commonly used to replace a patient's joint with a prosthetic joint component or components.
  • the hip joint often requires replacement in the form of prosthetic components due to strain, stress, wear, deformation, misalignment, and/or other conditions in the joint.
  • Prosthetic hip joint components can be designed to replace, for example, an acetabular prosthetic socket in the hip and/or a femoral head.
  • THR total hip replacement
  • TKA total knee arthroplasty
  • HTO high tibial osteotomy
  • TSR total shoulder replacement
  • a misaligned acetabular prosthetic cup can lead to complications such as dislocation of the hip joint, decreased joint motion, joint pain, and hastened failure of the implant.
  • an apparatus for preparing a hip joint can comprise a reference post having a distal end adapted to be driven into a portion of a pelvic bone, a proximal end, and a reference post body extending along a longitudinal axis between the proximal and distal ends, a coupling device disposed adjacent to the proximal end of the reference post adapted for connecting the reference post body to a second surgical component, and an orientation sensor coupled with the reference post.
  • an apparatus for preparing a hip joint can comprise a mounting structure having a first end adapted to secure to a patient's anatomy and a second end disposed away from the first end, an elongate member having a first end and a second end, the first end of the elongate member adapted to connect to the second end of the mounting structure, a marking device coupled with the second end of the elongate member for visually indicating the position of an anatomical landmark during a procedure, and a surgical orientation device coupled with the elongate member for movement therealong for measuring at least one of position and orientation along the elongate member.
  • an apparatus for assessing the orientation of an acetabular landmark or an acetabular implant can comprise a handling device comprising a proximal end with a handle, a distal end, and an elongate member extending therebetween, an acetabular landmark contacting device coupled with the distal end of the handling device, and a surgical orientation device for detecting and recording an orientation of the acetabular landmark or the acetabular implant.
  • an acetabular surface preparation apparatus can comprise a handling device comprising a proximal end with a handle, a distal end, and a rotatable shaft extending therebetween, a surface preparation device coupled with the distal end and adapted to remove bone from the acetabulum to create a surface suitable for receiving an acetabular implant, a sleeve disposed around the rotatable shaft and adapted to remain stationary while the shaft is rotating, and a surgical orientation device coupled with the sleeve such that the orientation device can remain stationary while the rotatable shaft is rotated.
  • an acetabular implant placement device can comprise a handling device comprising a proximal end with a handle, a distal end, and an elongate member extending therebetween, wherein the distal end comprises an implant contacting structure adapted to couple with an acetabular implant, and a surgical orientation device coupled with the handling device such that the orientation of at least one of the handling device and the surgical orientation device can be monitored as the acetabular implant is advanced into the acetabulum.
  • a method for preparing a patient's hip for receiving an implant can comprise providing a first orthopedic system comprising a reference post comprising an orientation sensor, an impactor coupled with the reference post, a first angle assessment guide, and a portable surgical orientation device attached to the angle assessment guide, attaching the reference post to a hip bone of the patient, measuring and recording a reference distance from the reference post to an anatomical landmark using the portable surgical orientation device, removing the angle assessment guide, impactor, and portable surgical orientation device from the reference post, providing a second orthopedic system comprising an alignment guide, a second angle assessment guide attached to the alignment guide, and the portable surgical orientation device attached to the alignment guide, measuring an orientation of an anatomical plane using the second angle assessment guide, orienting an implant relative to the anatomical plane and inserting the implant into the acetabulum using the second orthopedic system, attaching a femoral broach to the patient's femur, the femoral broach including a head, positioning the head in the implant, providing the first orthopedic system comprising a
  • a method for preparing a patient's hip for receiving an implant can comprise attaching a first orthopedic system to the patient's hip with a reference device, the first orthopedic system comprising a portable surgical orientation device, measuring and recording a reference distance from the reference device to an anatomical landmark using the portable surgical orientation device, measuring an orientation of an anatomical plane on the patient's hip using a second orthopedic system, the second orthopedic system comprising the portable surgical orientation device, orienting an implant relative to the anatomical plane using the second orthopedic system, inserting the implant into the acetabulum, inserting a prosthetic femoral head into the implant, and measuring changes in the reference distance using the first orthopedic system.
  • a method for positioning a patient in a hip procedure can comprise advancing a reference device into a patient's pelvic bone, coupling a surgical orientation device with the reference device such that the orientation device is not moveable relative to the pelvic bone, measuring at least one of the position or orientation of at least a portion of the patient's hip joint using the surgical orientation device, and moving the patient's hip joint to selected position the patient relative to a fixed reference frame based on the measurement on the surgical orientation device.
  • a method for assessing relative position of portions of a hip joint can comprise coupling a surgical orientation device to a first bone of a patient's hip at a first location with a reference device, measuring a reference distance from the reference device to an anatomical landmark of a second bone using the surgical orientation device, performing a hip procedure, and after performing the hip procedure, confirming the position of the anatomical landmark relative to the first location.
  • a method of placing an acetabular implant can comprise providing an orientation apparatus comprising an elongate member having a handle disposed at a proximal end, an angle assessment device disposed at a distal end, and a surgical orientation device, advancing the angle assessment device into contact with an anatomical landmark of the acetabulum while measuring orientation of the landmark, preparing the acetabulum for receiving the acetabular implant, placing the acetabular implant within the acetabulum, and advancing the angle assessment device into contact with the acetabular implant to confirm the orientation of the implant.
  • a method of preparing an acetabular surface for receiving an acetabular implant can comprise providing a handle, a shaft rotatably coupled with the handle, a reamer coupled a distal end of the shaft, and an orientation device coupled in a fixed position relative to the handle, providing contact between the reamer and an acetabular surface while rotating the shaft and reamer to remove bone within the acetabulum, and measuring the orientation of the reamer while providing contact between the reamer and an acetabular surface.
  • FIG. 1 shows a representation of a human anatomy, identifying generally the femur, pelvis, iliac spine, and lesser trochanter;
  • FIG. 2A is a side view of a orthopedic system according to one embodiment for establishing a reference location on a patient's anatomy
  • FIG. 2B is a front view of the orthopedic system of FIG. 2A ;
  • FIG. 2C is a perspective view of the orthopedic system of FIG. 2A ;
  • FIG. 2D is a front view of a reference post according to one embodiment
  • FIG. 3A is a side view of an orthopedic system according to one embodiment for measuring distances in and around a joint
  • FIG. 3B is a top view of the orthopedic system of FIG. 3A ;
  • FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective view of a orthopedic system according to one embodiment for determining an orientation of a plane in a patient's anatomy
  • FIG. 5 is a perspective view of a orthopedic system according to one embodiment for preparing a portion of a patient's anatomy to receive an implant
  • FIG. 6 is a perspective view of a orthopedic system according to one embodiment for orienting a prosthetic component
  • FIG. 7 is a perspective view of a surgical orientation device according to one embodiment that can be used in conjunction with one or more of the orthopedic systems described herein;
  • FIG. 8 is a back view of the surgical orientation device of FIG. 7 ;
  • FIG. 9 is a perspective view of the surgical orientation device of FIG. 7 ;
  • FIG. 10A is a top view of the surgical orientation device of FIG. 7 ;
  • FIG. 10B is a bottom view of the surgical orientation device of FIG. 7 ;
  • FIG. 11 is a block diagram of an electrical system of the surgical orientation device of FIG. 7 ;
  • FIGS. 12A-C illustrate operation of accelerometers according to embodiments that can be used as sensors in the electrical system of FIG. 11 ;
  • FIG. 12D is a perspective view of interior components of the surgical orientation device of FIG. 7 ;
  • FIG. 12E is a flow chart of an embodiment of an orientation measurement process performed by the surgical orientation device of FIG. 7 ;
  • FIG. 13 illustrates a method in which the patient's hip is generally parallel to an operating table and a reference post of the orthopedic system of FIGS. 2A-C is inserted into the patient's anatomy;
  • FIG. 13A illustrates a method in which the patient's hip is generally parallel to an operating table and a fixture is provided for coupling a reference post of the orthopedic system of FIGS. 2A-C with the patient's anatomy;
  • FIG. 13B illustrates a technique for coupling a reference post with the fixture shown in FIG. 13A ;
  • FIG. 14 illustrates a method in which the orthopedic system of FIGS. 3A-B is being used to measure a distance between the fixed reference post and a reference location on the patient's anatomy;
  • FIG. 14A illustrates a method in which the orthopedic system of FIGS. 3A-B is used to measure a distance between the fixed reference post and a reference location on the patient's anatomy;
  • FIG. 15-18 illustrate techniques for resecting a femoral head and cleaning of osteophytes around the acetabular rim
  • FIG. 19 is a perspective view of the orthopedic system of FIG. 4 being used to determine the orientation of a plane defined by landmarks on the patient's acetabular rim;
  • FIG. 20 is a perspective view of the orthopedic system of FIG. 5 being used to ream out a portion or portions of the patient's acetabular socket;
  • FIGS. 21 and 22 are perspective views of the orthopedic system of FIG. 6 being used to orient a prosthetic acetabular cup;
  • FIG. 23 is a perspective view of a polymer insert being placed in the prosthetic acetabular cup
  • FIGS. 24-26 are perspective views of a preparation of femoral canal, broach, and prosthetic femoral head
  • FIG. 27 is a perspective view of the patient's hip joint being reduced back into place, with the prosthetic femoral head inserted into the prosthetic acetabular cup;
  • FIG. 28 is a perspective view of the orthopedic system of FIGS. 3A-B being used again to measure a distance between the fixed reference post and a reference location on the patient's anatomy;
  • FIGS. 29A and B are schematic illustrations of a change in leg length (LL) and leg offset (OS) as measured prior to and after a hip preparation procedure according to one embodiment.
  • FIGS. 30A-W show various embodiments of user interface screens that can be displayed during an orthopedic procedure or procedures.
  • the orthopedic systems described herein include orthopedic systems and orthopedic devices for preparing the hip to receive prosthetic components.
  • the systems include but are not limited to orthopedic systems 10 , 110 , 210 , 310 , and 410 described herein, each of which can be used during various stages of an orthopedic procedure or procedures, such as for example a total hip replacement procedure. These orthopedic systems and devices can be used to perform minimally invasive, cost-efficient, successful orthopedic procedures.
  • FIG. 1 illustrates a pelvis, femur, iliac spine, and lesser and greater trochanter regions. As will be described further herein, these and/or other anatomical locations and landmarks can be referenced and used throughout an orthopedic procedure or procedures in conjunction with the systems described herein.
  • an orthopedic system 10 can be used to provide a fixed reference on a patient's anatomy, as well as to provide an anchor and/or support for other orthopedic systems.
  • the orthopedic system 10 can comprise a surgical orientation device 12 , reference device 14 , impactor 16 , and angle assessment guide 18 .
  • the system 10 can comprise a device or component that serves as a reference for other systems or devices.
  • the reference device 14 can comprise a reference post 14 , and can serve as a reference for other systems or devices.
  • the reference post 14 can comprise a thin, metallic pin that can be at least partially driven (e.g. hammered with a slap hammer) into a bony area on the patient's anatomy.
  • the reference post 14 can be partially driven, for example, into the iliac spine on a patient's pelvis.
  • Other types of reference posts can also be used.
  • the reference post 14 can also be used to hold back tissue that would otherwise cover the surgical field, e.g., skin and muscle and other sub-dermal tissues. In a preferred arrangement, the reference post 14 also can serve as an anchor or otherwise mechanically support other joint preparation systems, as discussed below.
  • the reference post 14 can comprise a mounting structure.
  • the reference post 14 can support the system 310 in one technique.
  • the reference post 14 also can be coupled with an orientation sensor or sensors 15 , which can be disposed on the reference post's surface or inside the reference post 14 .
  • the sensor or sensors 15 can detect orientation (e.g. position) and/or relative movement of the reference post 14 . By detecting movement of the sensor(s) 15 , movement of anatomy with which the reference post is coupled (e.g. surrounding bony area) can also be detected.
  • the impactor 16 is used to assist in placement of the reference post 14 .
  • the impactor 16 can be releasably coupled to the reference post 14 .
  • the impactor 16 can drive the reference post 14 into a bony area on the patient's anatomy, and the impactor 16 can then be removed.
  • the impactor 16 can include, for example, an elongate rod 20 with one end 22 for pounding or striking with a hammer, and an opposite end 24 for releasably connecting to the impactor 14 .
  • FIG. 2D shows another embodiment of a reference post 14 ′ which can be used with system 10 .
  • the reference post 14 ′ can comprise a proximal portion 30 , an elongate body 32 , and a distal portion 34 .
  • the proximal portion 30 can comprise a coupling structure comprising an annular recess 36 defined between a proximally facing shoulder 38 and a distally facing shoulder 40 .
  • Other coupling structures are also possible.
  • the impactor 16 can comprise a coupling structure 24 for releasable attachment to the reference post 14 ′.
  • the end 24 of impactor 16 can comprise be fork-shaped as shown in FIG.
  • the fork-shaped structure 24 can abut at least one of the proximal end 30 of the reference post 14 and the proximally facing shoulder 38 to transfer a force to the body 32 of the reference post 14 and drive distal end 34 into the bone.
  • the impactor 16 can enable the force of blows of the hammer to be transferred to the reference post 14 such that the distal end 34 of reference post 14 can be advanced into the bone.
  • the system 10 can further comprise a device which can be used to orient the patient's pelvis relative to the operating table.
  • the angle assessment guide 18 can be used to orient the patient's pelvis.
  • the angle assessment guide 18 can comprise a member 19 , an attachment structures 26 , and an end member 28 .
  • the attachment structure 26 can couple (e.g. attach, releasably attach) the angle assessment guide 18 to the impactor 16 and/or reference post 14 at a certain angle “a”.
  • the angle “a” can be any of a number of angles, and preferably 45 degrees.
  • FIG. 2A shows “a” at an angle of approximately 45 degrees.
  • the angle assessment guide 18 can comprise any of a number of sizes and shapes.
  • the angle assessment guide can comprise a first elongate member, a second elongate member, and a third elongate member.
  • the first elongate member can couple with the proximate end of the reference post 14 , 14 ′, and can comprise the elongate rod 20 of the impactor.
  • the second elongate member can couple with the first elongate member at an angle relative to the first elongate member (e.g. an acute angle), and can comprise member 19 .
  • the third elongate member can be mounted to the second elongate member, and can comprise the cross-bar-shaped member 28 as illustrated in FIG. 2A .
  • the surgical orientation device 12 can be releasably coupled to the angle assessment guide 18 , such that movement of the angle assessment guide 18 causes identical movement of the surgical orientation device 12 .
  • the surgical orientation device can alternatively or additionally be releasably coupled to the reference post 14 .
  • the surgical orientation device can be coupled to the cross-bar member 28 with a coupling device such as that disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/509,388, filed Jul. 24, 2009, the contents of which are incorporated in their entirety by reference herein.
  • the surgical orientation device 12 can be can be used for verifying an alignment and/or measuring distances.
  • “Surgical orientation device” is a broad term as used herein, and includes, without limitation, devices which can be used alone or in conjunction with an orthopedic device or devices to identify or track a relative position of one or more orthopedic devices or anatomical structures, and can encompass any of the embodiments shown in the drawings and as described herein, as well as any of the embodiments shown or described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/509,388, filed Jul. 24, 2009, the contents of which are incorporated in their entirety by reference herein.
  • FIG. 7 shows an embodiment of a surgical orientation device 12 .
  • the surgical orientation device 12 can comprise a compact device for use in orienting a cutting guide or other surgical tool in a joint replacement procedure.
  • the surgical orientation device 12 can be configured for being hand-held during a procedure.
  • the surgical orientation device 12 is portable.
  • the surgical orientation device 12 can be used, for example, to identify an orientation of an anatomical plane, such as for example a plane defined by landmarks on a patient's acetabular rim.
  • the surgical orientation device 12 can be used, for example, to measure distances, such as for example a distance between the reference post 14 and an anatomical landmark or landmarks on the patient's anatomy. Other uses are also possible.
  • the surgical orientation device 12 as described herein, can be used alone or in conjunction with other devices, components, and/or systems, including but not limited to the sensor(s) 15 on the reference post 14 , if included.
  • the surgical orientation device 12 can comprise a generally rectangular-shaped structure having an outer housing 30 .
  • the outer housing 30 as well as its contents can be portable.
  • the outer housing 30 can be comprised, at least in part, of plastic including but not limited to ABS, polycarbonate, or other suitable material.
  • the surgical orientation device 12 can be configured for hand-held use.
  • the surgical orientation device 12 can be configured for mounting to other surgical devices, as discussed below.
  • a front side 32 , or a portion of the front side 32 , of the surgical orientation device 12 can comprise a display 34 .
  • the display 34 can be a separate component from the outer housing 30 or can be integrated on or within the outer housing 30 .
  • the display 34 can comprise an output device.
  • the display 34 can comprise a liquid crystal display (“LCD”) or Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal on Silicon (“FLCOS”) display screen.
  • the display screen can be sized such that a user can readily read numbers, lettering, and/or symbols displayed on the display screen while performing a medical procedure.
  • the display 34 comprises a Quarter Video Graphics Array (“QVGA”) Thin Film Transistor (“TFT”) LCD screen.
  • QVGA Quarter Video Graphics Array
  • TFT Thin Film Transistor
  • Other types of display screens can also be used, as can other shapes, sizes, and locations for the display 24 on the surgical orientation device 12 .
  • the surgical orientation device 12 can further comprise at least one user input device 36 .
  • the at least one user input device 36 can comprise a plurality of buttons located adjacent the display 34 .
  • the buttons can be activated, for example, by a finger, hand, and/or instrument to select a mode or modes of operation of the device 12 , as discussed further below.
  • the at least one user input comprises three buttons located underneath the display 34 as illustrated in FIG. 7 .
  • the user input device 36 is a separate component from the housing 30 .
  • the user input device 36 can comprise a remote input device coupled to the surgical orientation device 12 via a wired or wireless connection.
  • the user input device 36 comprises a microphone operating in conjunction with a speech recognition module configured to receive and process verbal instructions received from a user.
  • the surgical orientation device 12 can include a user interface with which a clinician can interact during a procedure.
  • the display 34 and at least one user input 36 can form a user interface.
  • the user interface can allow a surgeon, medical personnel, and/or other user to operate the surgical orientation device 12 with ease, efficiency, and accuracy. Specific examples and illustrations of how the user interface can operate in conjunction with specific methods are disclosed further herein.
  • FIGS. 8 and 9 show a back side 37 of the surgical orientation device 12 .
  • the back side 37 can include an attachment structure or structures 38 , as well as a gripping feature or features 39 for facilitating handling of the surgical orientation device 12 .
  • the attachment structures 38 can facilitate attachment of the surgical orientation device 12 to another device, such as for example a coupling device (not shown).
  • the attachment structures 38 comprise grooves, or channels 40 , along a portion of the back side of the surgical orientation device 12 .
  • the attachment structures 38 can be formed, for example, from protruding portions of the back side of the surgical orientation device 12 , and can extend partially, or entirely, along the back side of the surgical orientation device 12 .
  • the attachment structures 38 can receive corresponding, or mating, structures from the coupling device 14 , so as to couple, or lock, the coupling device to the surgical orientation device 12 .
  • FIGS. 10A and 10B show top and bottom sides 41 a , 41 b of the surgical orientation device 12 .
  • the surgical orientation device 12 can comprise optical components 42 that can be located on the top side 41 a , the bottom side 41 b , or the top and bottom sides 41 a , 41 b of the surgical orientation device 12 .
  • the optical components 42 can comprise transparent windows 44 integrated into the surgical orientation device 12 .
  • the optical components 42 can be windows that permit visible light (e.g. laser light) to emit from the top side 31 a , the bottom side 31 b , or both the top and bottom sides 41 a , 41 b of the surgical orientation device 12 . While the embodiment illustrated in FIGS. 10 a and 10 b shows two windows 44 for transmitting light, other numbers are also possible. Additionally, while the optical components 42 are shown located on the top and bottom of the surgical orientation device 12 , in other embodiments the optical components 42 can be located in other positions and/or on other portions of the surgical orientation device 12 .
  • visible light e.g. laser light
  • FIG. 11 illustrates a high-level block diagram of an electrical system 1100 of the surgical orientation device 12 .
  • the electrical system 1100 comprises an electronic control unit 1102 that communicates with one or more sensor(s) 1104 , one or more visible alignment indicators 1106 , a power supply 1108 , a display 1110 , external memory 1112 , one or more user input devices 1114 , other output devices 1116 and/or one or more input/output (“I/O”) ports 1118 .
  • I/O input/output
  • the electronic control unit 1102 can receive input from the sensor(s), the external memory 1112 , the user input devices 1114 and/or the I/O ports 1118 and controls and/or transmits output to the visible alignment indicators 1106 , the display 1110 , the external memory 1112 , the other output devices 1116 and/or the I/O ports 1118 .
  • the electronic control unit 1102 can be configured to receive and send electronic data, as well as perform calculations based on received electronic data.
  • the electronic control unit 1102 can be configured to convert the electronic data from a machine-readable format to a human readable format for presentation on the display 1110 .
  • the electronic control unit 1102 can comprise, by way of example, one or more processors, program logic, or other substrate configurations representing data and instructions, which can operate as described herein.
  • the electronic control unit 1102 can comprise controller circuitry, processor circuitry, processors, general purpose single-chip or multi-chip microprocessors, digital signal processors, embedded microprocessors, microcontrollers and/or the like.
  • the electronic control unit 1102 can have conventional address lines, conventional data lines, and one or more conventional control lines.
  • the electronic control unit 1102 can comprise an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) or one or more modules configured to execute on one or more processors.
  • the electronic control unit 1102 can comprise an AT91SAM7SE microcontroller available from Atmel Corporation.
  • the electronic control unit 1102 can communicate with internal memory and/or the external memory 1112 to retrieve and/or store data and/or program instructions for software and/or hardware.
  • the internal memory and the external memory 1112 can include random access memory (“RAM”), such as static RAM, for temporary storage of information and/or read only memory (“ROM”), such as flash memory, for more permanent storage of information.
  • RAM random access memory
  • ROM read only memory
  • the external memory 1112 includes an AT49BV160D-70TU Flash device available from Atmel Corporation and a CY62136EV30LL-45ZSXI SRAM device available from Cypress Semiconductor Corporation.
  • the electronic control unit 1102 can communicate with the external memory 1112 via an external memory bus.
  • the senor(s) 1104 can be configured to provide continuous real-time data to the surgical orientation device 12 .
  • the electronic control unit 1102 can be configured to receive the real-time data from the sensor(s) 1104 and to use the sensor data to determine, estimate, and/or calculate an orientation (e.g. position) of the surgical orientation device 12 .
  • the orientation information can be used to provide feedback to a user during the performance of a surgical procedure, such as a total hip replacement surgery, as described in more detail herein.
  • the one or more sensors 1104 can comprise at least one orientation sensor configured to provide real-time data to the electronic control unit 1102 related to the motion, orientation (e.g. position) of the surgical orientation device 12 .
  • a sensor module 1104 can comprise at least one gyroscopic sensor, accelerometer sensor, tilt sensor, magnetometer and/or other similar device or devices configured to measure, and/or facilitate determination of, an orientation of the surgical orientation device 12 .
  • the term “module” as used herein can include, but is not limited to, software or hardware components which perform certain tasks.
  • a module can include object-oriented software components, class components, procedures, subroutines, data structures, segments of program code, drivers, firmware, microcode, circuitry, data, tables, arrays, etc.
  • Those with ordinary skill in the art will also recognize that a module can be implemented using a wide variety of different software and hardware techniques.
  • the sensors 1104 can be configured to provide measurements relative to a reference point(s), line(s), plane(s), and/or gravitational zero.
  • Gravitational zero refers generally to an orientation in which an axis of the sensor 1104 is perpendicular to the force of gravity, and thereby experiences no angular offset, for example tilt, pitch, roll, or yaw, relative to a gravitational force vector.
  • the sensor(s) 1104 can be configured to provide measurements for use in dead reckoning or inertial navigation systems.
  • the sensor(s) 1104 comprise one or more accelerometers that measure the orientation of the surgical orientation device 12 relative to gravity.
  • the accelerometers can be used as tilt sensors to detect rotation of the surgical orientation device 12 about one or more of its axes.
  • the one or more accelerometers can comprise a dual axis accelerometer (which can measure rotation about two axes of rotation). The changes in orientation about the axes of the accelerometers can be determined relative to gravitational zero and/or to a reference plane registered during a tibial or femoral preparation procedure as described herein.
  • a multi-axis accelerometer detects changes in orientation about two axes of rotation.
  • the multi-axis accelerometer can detect changes in angular position from a horizontal plane (e.g., anterior/posterior rotation) of the surgical orientation device 12 and changes in angular position from a vertical plane (e.g., roll rotation) of the surgical orientation device 12 .
  • the changes in angular position from the horizontal and vertical planes of the surgical orientation device 12 as measured by the sensor 1104 can be used to determine changes in orientation of the surgical orientation device 12 .
  • the sensors 1104 can comprise at least one single- or multi-axis gyroscope sensor and at least one single- or multi-axis accelerometer sensor.
  • a sensor module 1104 can comprise a three-axis gyroscope sensor (or three gyroscope sensors) and a three-axis accelerometer (or three accelerometer sensors) to provide orientational measurements for all six degrees of freedom of the surgical orientation device 12 .
  • the sensors provide an inertial navigation or dead reckoning system to continuously calculate the orientation and velocity of the surgical orientation device 12 without the need for external references
  • the sensors 1104 comprise one or more accelerometers and at least one magnetometer.
  • the magnetometer can be configured to measure a strength and/or direction of one or more magnetic fields in the vicinity of the surgical orientation device 12 .
  • the magnetometer can advantageously be configured to detect changes in angular position about a vertical axis.
  • the sensors 1104 comprise one or more sensors capable of determining distance measurements.
  • a sensor located in the surgical orientation device 12 can be in electrical communication (wired or wireless) with an emitter element mounted at the end of a measurement probe.
  • sensor 15 in reference post 14 can comprise an emitter element.
  • the electrical control unit can be configured to determine the distance between the sensor and emitter (for example, an axial length of a measurement probe corresponding to a distance to an anatomical landmark, such as a bony eminence of the pelvis or femur, such as the greater or lesser trochanter).
  • the one or more sensors 1104 can comprise a temperature sensor to monitor system temperature of the electrical system 1100 . Operation of some of the electrical components can be affected by changes in temperature.
  • the temperature sensor can be configured to transmit signals to the electronic control unit 1102 to take appropriate action. In addition, monitoring the system temperature can be used to prevent overheating.
  • the temperature sensor comprises a NCP21WV103J03RA thermistor available from Murata Manufacturing Co.
  • the electrical system 1100 can further include temperature, ultrasonic and/or pressure sensors for measuring properties of biological tissue and other materials used in the practice of medicine or surgery, including determining the hardness, rigidity, and/or density of materials, and/or determining the flow and/or viscosity of substances in the materials, and/or determining the temperature of tissues or substances within materials.
  • the sensors 1104 can facilitate determination of an orientation of the surgical orientation device 12 relative to a reference orientation established during a preparation and alignment procedure performed during orthopedic surgery. Further details regarding the operation of the sensors in conjunction with a total hip replacement surgery are described herein.
  • the one or more sensors 1104 can form a component of a sensor module that comprises at least one sensor, signal conditioning circuitry, and an analog-to-digital converter (“ADC”).
  • the components of the sensor module 1104 are mounted on a stand-alone circuit board that is physically separate from, but in electrical communication with, the circuit board(s) containing the other electrical components described herein.
  • the sensor module is physically integrated on the circuit board(s) with the other electrical components.
  • the signal conditioning circuitry of the sensor module can comprise one or more circuit components configured to condition, or manipulate, the output signals from the sensor(s) 1104 .
  • the signal conditioning circuitry comprises filtering circuitry and gain circuitry.
  • the filtering circuitry can comprise one more filters, such as a low pass filter. For example, a 10 Hz single pole low pass filter can be used to remove vibrational noise or other low frequency components of the sensor output signals.
  • the gain circuitry can comprise one or more operational amplifier circuits that can be used to amplify the sensor output signals to increase the resolution potential of the sensor. For example, the operational amplifier circuit can provide gain such that a 0 g output results in a midrange (e.g., 1.65 V signal), a +1g output results in a full scale (e.g., 3.3 V) signal and a ⁇ 1 g output results in a minimum (0 V) signal to the ADC input.
  • a midrange e.g., 1.65 V signal
  • a +1g output results in a full scale (e.g., 3.3 V) signal
  • a ⁇ 1 g output results in a minimum (0 V) signal to the ADC input.
  • the ADC of the sensor module can be configured to convert the analog output voltage signals of the sensor(s) 1104 to digital data samples.
  • the digital data samples comprise voltage counts.
  • the ADC can be mounted in close proximity to the sensor to enhance signal to noise performance.
  • the ADC comprises an AD7921 two channel, 12-bit, 250 Kiloseconds per Sample ADC. In an arrangement having a 12-bit ADC can generate 4096 voltage counts.
  • the ADC can be configured to interface with the electronic control unit 1102 via a serial peripheral interface port of the electronic control unit 1102 .
  • the electronic control unit 1102 can comprise an on-board ADC that can be used to convert the sensor output signals into digital data counts.
  • the visible alignment indicators 1106 can comprise one or more lasers, which can be configured to project laser light through the optical component or components 32 described above.
  • the visible alignment indicators 1106 can comprise a forward laser and an aft laser.
  • the laser light can be used to project a point, a plane, and or a cross-hair onto a target or targets, including but not limited to an anatomical feature or landmark, to provide alternative or additional orientation information to a surgeon regarding the orientation of the orientation device 12 .
  • laser light can be used to project a plane on a portion of bone to indicate a resection line and a cross-hair laser pattern can be used to ensure alignment along two perpendicular axes.
  • the laser light or other type of probe e.g. a mechanical probe such as an elongate rod
  • the laser light or other type of probe can be used to mark or identify landmarks on the patient's hip area, such as the lesser trochanter and/or iliac spine.
  • the laser light or other type of probe can be used to constrain a degree of freedom, such as rotation about a vertical axis, of an instrument relative to anatomy or one instrument relative to another.
  • the probe can be used, for example, to return an instrument to a specific rotational orientation.
  • the visible alignment indicators 1106 can be used to determine a distance to an anatomical feature or landmark (for example, a laser distance measurement system).
  • the electronic control unit 1102 can project laser light to a target and a sensor 1104 within the surgical orientation device can sense the laser light reflected back from the target and communicate the information to the electronic control unit. The electronic control unit 1102 can then be configured to determine the distance to the target.
  • the lasers can be controlled by the electronic control unit 1102 via pulse width modulation (“PWM”) outputs.
  • PWM pulse width modulation
  • the visible alignment indicators 1106 comprise Class 2 M lasers. In other embodiments, the visible alignment indicators 1106 comprises other types of lasers or light sources.
  • the power supply 1108 can comprise one or more power sources configured to supply DC power to the electronic system 1100 of the surgical orientation device 12 .
  • the power supply 1108 comprises one or more rechargeable or replaceable batteries and/or one or more capacitive storage devices (for example, one or more capacitors or ultracapacitors).
  • power can be supplied by other wired and/or wireless power sources.
  • the power supply 1108 comprises two AA alkaline, lithium, or rechargeable NiMH batteries.
  • the surgical orientation device 12 can also include a DC/DC converter to boost the DC power from the power supply to a fixed, constant DC voltage output (e.g., 3.3 volts) to the electronic control unit 1102 .
  • the DC/DC converter comprises a TPS61201DRC synchronous boost converter available from Texas Instruments.
  • the electronic control unit 1106 can be configured to monitor the battery level if a battery is used for the power supply 1108 . Monitoring the battery level can advantageously provide advance notice of power loss.
  • the surgical orientation device 12 can comprise a timer configured to cause the surgical orientation device 12 to temporarily power off after a predetermined period of inactivity and/or to permanently power off after a predetermined time-out period.
  • the display 1110 can comprise an LCD or other type screen display.
  • the electronic control unit 1102 communicates with the display via the external memory bus.
  • the electronic system 1100 comprises a display controller and/or an LED driver and one or more LEDs to provide backlighting for the display 1110 .
  • the display controller can comprise an LCD controller integrated circuit (“IC”) and the LED driver can comprise a FAN5613 LED driver available from Fairchild Semiconductor International, Inc.
  • the electronic control unit 1102 can be configured to control the LED driver via a pulse width modulation port to control the brightness of the LED display.
  • the LED driver can drive four LEDs spaced around the display screen to provide adequate backlighting to enhance visibility.
  • the display can be configured to display one or more on-screen graphics.
  • the on-screen graphics can comprise graphical user interface (“GUI”) images or icons.
  • GUI images can include instructive images, such as illustrated surgical procedure steps, or visual indicators of the orientation information received from the sensor(s) 1104 .
  • the display can be configured to display degrees and either a positive or negative sign to indicate direction of rotation from a reference plane and/or a bubble level indicator to aid a user in maintaining a particular orientation.
  • the display can also be configured to display alphanumeric text, symbols, and/or arrows.
  • the display can indicate whether a laser is on or off and/or include an arrow to a user input button with instructions related to the result of pressing a particular button.
  • the user input device(s) 1114 can comprise buttons, switches, a touchscreen display, a keyboard, a joystick, a scroll wheel, a trackball, a remote control, a microphone, and the like.
  • the user input devices 1114 can allow the user to enter data, make selections, input instructions or commands to the surgical orientation device 12 , verify a position of the surgical orientation device 12 , turn the visible alignment indicators 1106 on and off, and/or turn the entire surgical orientation device 12 on and off.
  • the other user output devices 1116 i.e. other than the display 1110
  • the audio output can provide a warning to the user when a particular condition occurs.
  • the output devices 1116 can also comprise a visible output, such as one or more LED status or notification lights (for example, to indicate low battery level, an error condition, etc.).
  • the audio output can comprise different patterns, tones, cadences, durations, and/or frequencies to signify different conditions or events.
  • output from the electronic control unit 1102 can be sent to external display devices, data storage devices, servers, and/or other computing devices (e.g., via a wireless network communication link).
  • the I/O ports 1118 of the electronic control unit 1102 can comprise a JTAG port and one or more serial communication ports.
  • the JTAG port can be used to debug software installed on the electronic control unit 1102 during testing and manufacturing phases.
  • the JTAG port can be configured such that it is not externally accessible post-manufacture.
  • the serial communication ports can include a Universal Serial Bus (“USB”) port and/or one or more universal asynchronous receiver/transmitters (“UART”) ports. At least one of the UART ports can be accessible externally post-manufacture.
  • the external UART port can be an infrared (“IR”) serial port in communication with an infrared (“IR”) transceiver.
  • the IR serial port can be used to update the software installed on the electronic control unit 1102 post-manufacture and/or to test the operation of the electronic control unit 1102 by outputting data from the electronic control unit 1102 to an external computing device via an external wireless connection.
  • Other types of I/O ports are also possible.
  • the sensor(s) 1104 can comprise one or more accelerometers.
  • Accelerometers can measure the static acceleration of gravity in one or more axes to measure changes in tilt orientation.
  • a three-axis accelerometer can measure the static acceleration due to gravity along three orthogonal axes, as illustrated in FIG. 12A .
  • a two-axis accelerometer can measure the static acceleration due to gravity along two orthogonal axes (for example, the x and y axes of FIG. 12A ).
  • the output signals of an accelerometer can comprise analog voltage signals. The output voltage signals for each axis can fluctuate based on the fluctuation in static acceleration as the accelerometer changes its orientation with respect to the gravitational force vector.
  • an accelerometer experiences static acceleration in the range from ⁇ 1 g to +1 g through 180 degrees of tilt (with ⁇ 1 g corresponding to a ⁇ 90 degree tilt, 0 g corresponding to a zero degree tilt, and +1 g corresponding to a +90 degree tilt.
  • the acceleration along each axis can be independent of the acceleration along the other axis or axes.
  • FIG. 12B illustrates a measured acceleration along each of the three axes of a three-axis accelerometer in six different orientation positions.
  • TOP and BOTTOM labels, as well as a circle indicating Pin 1 of the accelerometer, have been included to aid in determining the various orientations.
  • a gravitational force reference vector is illustrated as pointing straight down toward the Earth's surface.
  • the x-axis and the y-axis of the accelerometer are perpendicular to the force of gravity and the z-axis of the accelerometer is parallel to the force of gravity; therefore, the x and y acceleration components of static acceleration due to gravity at positions A and B are 0 g and the z component of static acceleration due to gravity at positions A and B is +1 g and ⁇ 1 g, respectively.
  • the x-axis and the z-axis of the accelerometer are perpendicular to the force of gravity and the y-axis is parallel to the force of gravity; therefore, the x and z acceleration components of static acceleration due to gravity at positions C and E are 0 g and the y component of static acceleration due to gravity at positions C and E is +1 g and ⁇ 1 g, respectively.
  • the y-axis and z-axis are perpendicular to the force of gravity and the x-axis is parallel to the force of gravity; therefore, the y and z acceleration components of static acceleration due to gravity at positions D and F are 0 g and the x component of static acceleration due to gravity at positions D and F is +1 g and ⁇ 1 g, respectively.
  • a dual-axis accelerometer operates in the same manner but without the z component.
  • a three-axis accelerometer can be used as a tiltmeter to measure changes in orientation about two axes.
  • Multi-axis accelerometers can be conceptualized as having a separate accelerometer sensor for each of its axes of measurement, with each sensor responding to changes in static acceleration in one plane.
  • each accelerometer sensor is most responsive to changes in tilt (i.e., operates with maximum or optimum accuracy and/or resolution) when its sensitive axis is substantially perpendicular to the force of gravity (i.e., when the longitudinal plane of the accelerometer sensor is parallel to the force of gravity) and least responsive when the sensitive axis is parallel to the force of gravity (i.e., when the longitudinal plane of the accelerometer sensor is perpendicular to the force of gravity).
  • FIG. 12C illustrates the output of the accelerometer in g's as it tilts from ⁇ 90 degrees to +90 degrees.
  • the tilt sensitivity diminishes between ⁇ 90 degrees and ⁇ 45 degrees and between +45 degrees and +90 degrees (as shown by the decrease in slope).
  • This resolution problem at the outer ranges of tilt motion makes the measurements much less accurate for tilt measurements over 45 degrees.
  • the sensor(s) 1104 can be mounted to be offset at an angle such that the accelerometer sensors can operate in their more accurate, steeper slope regions.
  • the senor(s) 1104 can be mounted at approximately a 22-degree angle relative to the anterior-posterior axis of the surgical orientation device 12 to account for a predetermined range of motion of the surgical orientation device 12 about the flexion/extension axis during the procedures.
  • the accelerometer can be mounted at acute angles other than approximately 22 degrees.
  • the sensor(s) 1104 can be mounted to be offset to account for a predetermined range of motion about other axes of rotation as well.
  • the accelerometer sensor(s) can be mounted in parallel with the anterior-posterior axis of the surgical orientation device 12 .
  • a handoff system can be incorporated to ensure that the accelerometer sensors with the most accurate reading (e.g., ⁇ 45 degrees) are being used at each orientation position.
  • the handoff system can employ hysteresis to avoid “bouncing” phenomena during the handoffs between the accelerometer sensors.
  • FIG. 12D illustrates the inside of the surgical orientation device 12 according to at least one embodiment.
  • the surgical orientation device 12 can comprise one or more circuit boards and/or other circuitry capable of installation within the surgical orientation device 12 .
  • the surgical orientation device 12 can comprise a sensor board 46 A and a main board 46 B.
  • the components of the sensor module (including the sensor(s) 1104 ) can be mounted on the sensor board 46 A and the other components of the electrical system 1100 are mounted on the main board 46 B.
  • the sensor board 46 A can comprise one or more sensors 50 (e.g., sensor(s) 1104 as described above).
  • the sensor board 46 A and the main board 46 B can be combined into a single circuit board.
  • the sensor board 46 A and the main board 46 B can comprise rigid or flexible circuit boards.
  • the sensor board 46 A and the main board 46 B can be fixedly or removably coupled to the outer housing 20 .
  • the sensor board 46 A is mounted at an approximately 22-degree angle relative to a plane extending longitudinally through the housing 30 , which can be parallel to or correspond to an anterior-posterior axis of the main board 46 B.
  • mounting the sensor board 46 A at an offset angle can enable the one or more sensors to operate in the regions of maximum or optimum sensitivity, accuracy and/or resolution.
  • the particular mounting offset angle can be selected based on a range of motion of the surgical orientation device 12 during a particular orthopedic procedure.
  • the surgical orientation device 12 can include two AA batteries 38 as the power supply 1110 for providing power to the surgical orientation device 12 .
  • the surgical orientation device 12 also can include lasers 42 as the visible alignment indicators 1106 described above.
  • FIG. 12E is a high-level flowchart of an exemplary conversion process for converting an analog voltage output signal of a multi-axis accelerometer into an angle degree measurement for presentation on the display 34 .
  • steps are described as being implemented with hardware and/or software, each of the steps illustrated in FIG. 12E can be implemented using hardware and/or software. It should be appreciated that a similar conversion process can be performed for any other type of sensor or for multiple separate sensors without departing from the spirit and/or scope of the disclosure.
  • the multi-axis accelerometer can continuously output an analog voltage signal.
  • the signal conditioning circuitry of the sensor module can filter the analog output voltage signal (e.g., with a low pass filter) to remove noise from the signal that may be present due to the high sensitivity of the multi-axis accelerometer.
  • the signal conditioning circuitry amplifies, or boosts, the output voltage signal, for example, via the gain circuitry described above.
  • the ADC can convert the continuous analog voltage signal into a discrete digital sequence of data samples, or voltage counts. In certain embodiments, the ADC can sample the analog voltage signal once every two milliseconds; however, other sampling rates are possible. In certain embodiments, the analog voltage signal is oversampled.
  • the electronic control unit 1102 can generate a stable data point to be converted to an angle measurement. The electronic control unit 1102 can apply a median filter to the sampled data to eliminate outliers (e.g., spikes) in the data. For example, the electronic unit 1102 can use an 11-sample median filter to generate the middle value from the last 11 samples taken.
  • the output of the median filter can then be fed into a rolling average filter (for example, a 128 sample rolling average filter).
  • the rolling average filter can be used to smoothe or stabilize the data that is actually converted to an angle measurement.
  • the electronic control unit 1102 can implement Blocks 1215 and 1220 using a finite impulse response (“FIR”) or an infinite impulse response (“IIR”) filter implemented in a software module.
  • FIR finite impulse response
  • IIR infinite impulse response
  • the electronic control unit 1102 can convert the voltage count data to an angle measurement in degrees.
  • the electronic control unit 1102 can be configured to apply a calibration conversion algorithm based on a calibration routine performed during a testing phase prior to sale of the surgical orientation device 12 .
  • the calibration conversion can be configured to account for unit-to-unit variations in components and sensor placement.
  • the calibration routine can be performed for each axis being monitored by the multi-axis accelerometer.
  • the calibration conversion can comprise removing any mechanical or electrical offsets and applying an appropriate gain calibration for a positive or negative tilt.
  • the ADC can comprise an ADC with 12-bit resolution, which provides 4096 distinct voltage counts, wherein a ⁇ 90 degree tilt corresponds to 0 counts ( ⁇ 2048 signed counts), a zero degree tilt corresponds to 2048 counts (0 signed counts), and a +90 degree tilt corresponds to 4096 counts (+2048 signed counts).
  • the tilt angle for each axis (e.g., pitch and roll) of the multi-axis accelerometer can be calculated from the voltage count data based on standard trigonometric relationships as the arcsin of the acceleration component in each particular axis. In arrangements in which the electronic control unit 1102 applies the calibration conversion, the tilt angle for each axis can be calculated as follows:
  • ANGLE a ⁇ ⁇ sin [ ( SignedADC ⁇ ⁇ Counts + OFFSET ) ⁇ GAIN 2048 ] , ( 12.1 )
  • OFFSET corresponds with a zero offset of the surgical orientation device 12 determined during the calibration routine and GAIN corresponds with a ratiometric value determined during the calibration routine, with one GAIN value being used for negative tilt angles and a different GAIN value being used for positive tilt angles.
  • the electronic control unit 1102 can be configured to adjust the pitch angle (x axis) calculation to account for the mounting offset angle (described above) of the dual-axis accelerometer relative to the outer housing 20 of the surgical orientation device 20 .
  • the result of Block 1225 is an absolute angle for each axis of rotation (e.g., pitch, roll) being monitored by the dual-axis accelerometer.
  • the absolute pitch and roll angles can be used to calculate orientation measurements of the surgical orientation device 12 .
  • Orientation measurements for the surgical orientation device 12 can be determined based on a wide variety of reference frames in conjunction with any of a variety of surgical procedures.
  • calculations can be performed by software modules executed by the electronic control unit 1102 .
  • the electronic control unit 1102 can generate measurements using data stored in one or more look-up tables (“LUT”s).
  • LUT look-up tables
  • other calculations can be derived based on the type of sensor or sensors used, the procedure being performed, and/or the reference frame being employed. Specific calculations in accordance with other procedures are described, for example, in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/509,388, filed Jul. 24, 2009, the contents of which are incorporated in their entirety by reference herein.
  • the electronic control unit 1102 can perform a stabilization routine, process, or algorithm to assess or determine the stability, or reliability, of the calculated angle measurements. For example, the electronic control unit 1102 can keep a history of the last 100 ms of calibrated sample data for each axis being monitored by the sensor(s) 40 . Each time a new sample is added to the 100-sample history, a maximum and minimum value is determined for the 100-sample data set. The electronic control unit 1102 can then determine a delta difference between the maximum and minimum values. The electronic control unit 1102 can then compare the delta difference between the maximum and minimum values to a threshold.
  • a stabilization routine, process, or algorithm to assess or determine the stability, or reliability, of the calculated angle measurements. For example, the electronic control unit 1102 can keep a history of the last 100 ms of calibrated sample data for each axis being monitored by the sensor(s) 40 . Each time a new sample is added to the 100-sample history, a maximum and minimum value is determined for the 100-s
  • the electronic control unit 1102 can be configured to transmit the last stable data reading (assuming it is not too old) to the display 1110 instead of the current unstable reading. If the last stable angle exceeds a time threshold, the unstable angle reading can be displayed along with a visual indication notifying the user that the angle reading is unstable. For example, a red “shaky hand” icon or graphical user interface image can be displayed on the display screen.
  • a orthopedic system 110 can be used to measure distances in a joint. These distances can be measured between, for example, a reference (e.g. reference post 14 ) and an anatomical landmark (e.g. a predetermined landmark such as the lesser trochanter). The distances can be measured both before a procedure as well as after a procedure to determine whether the procedure has been successful.
  • the orthopedic system 110 can comprise the surgical orientation device 12 described above, the reference post 14 described above (including, for example, sensor 15 ), a measuring device 112 and a marking device 118 .
  • the measuring device 112 can comprise a structure or structures (e.g. an elongate structure) which facilitate measurement of a distance between the fixed reference post 14 and an anatomical reference or references.
  • the measuring device 112 can comprise an angle assessment guide.
  • the measuring device 112 can be releasably coupled to the reference post 14 .
  • the measuring device 112 can comprise a coupling device 113 or other structure which connects the measuring device 112 to the proximal end 30 of the reference post 14 ′.
  • the measuring device 112 can include a marking or markings 114 along at least one side or portion. The markings 114 can provide the user with visual evidence of the distance between the fixed reference post 14 and the marking device 118 .
  • the measuring device 112 can further include a hinge 115 .
  • the hinge 115 can allow the measuring device 112 , or a portion of the measuring device 112 , to be pivotably rotated relative to the reference post 14 .
  • the measuring device 12 and marking device 118 can be both pivotably rotated about the hinge 115 , as well as rotated about the coupling device 113 .
  • the hinge 115 and coupling device 113 can allow for rotational movement of the marking device 118 in both a first plane, as well as a second plane orthogonal to the first plane.
  • the measuring device 18 can be moved in at least two degrees of rotational freedom.
  • the marking device 118 can comprise a laser device.
  • a laser can be emitted from a marking device 118 and/or measuring device 112 .
  • the laser can contact and/or reference an anatomical location, and such location can be used to obtain a measurement or measurements as described herein.
  • the measuring device 112 can further comprise an attachment structure 116 .
  • the attachment structure 116 can releasably attach the surgical orientation device 12 to the measuring device 112 .
  • the attachment structure 116 can comprise a coupling device or devices that allows the surgical orientation device 12 and/or marking device 118 to move relative to the measuring device 112 .
  • the surgical orientation device 12 and marking device 118 can slide longitudinally along a length of the measuring device 112 , thereby changing the relative distance between the reference post 14 and the marking device 118 .
  • the attachment device 116 can further allow the marking device 118 to be moved generally through a range of elevations so as to bring the marking device closer to or in contact with an anatomical landmark.
  • the surgical orientation device 12 can be configured to detect translational changes. Thus, both the markings 114 and surgical orientation device itself can facilitate an accurate measurement of a distance between the proximal end 30 of reference post 14 and the marking device 118 .
  • the marking device 118 can comprise a pin or other structure which can be used to physically pinpoint and/or contact an anatomical landmark.
  • an end 120 of the marking device 118 can be brought into contact with and/or placed adjacent the lesser trochanter, and the location on the lesser trochanter can be marked with an ink or some other marking agent, such as for example a methylene blue marker.
  • the marking device 118 can be releasably coupled to the surgical orientation device 12 , such that any movement of the surgical orientation device 12 causes identical movement of the marking device 118 .
  • the marking device 118 can visually indicate a position of an anatomical landmark during a procedure.
  • the marking device 118 can be a laser which projects a point of light down onto the anatomy without making physical contact or impairing access to or visualization of the joint space.
  • a fan-style laser can be incorporated into the system to be substantially in alignment with the measuring device 112 .
  • the laser can be used as an aid to align an axis of the measuring device 112 (e.g. the “leg length” axis) with an axis of the leg by orienting the measuring device 112 such that the laser line passes through the center of the knee, ankle or other appropriate landmark.
  • an orthopedic system 210 can be used to determine the orientation of an anatomical plane in the human anatomy, such as for example an anatomical plane defined by a landmark or landmarks along the acetabular rim in a patient's pelvic area.
  • the orthopedic system 210 can comprise the surgical orientation device 12 described above, and an anatomical contact device 214 .
  • the anatomical contact device 214 can comprise a hand-held and/or portable orthopedic device which comprises at least one component that contacts at least one anatomical landmark on the patient's anatomy.
  • the anatomical contact device 214 can comprise an alignment handle 216 which is releasably coupled to the surgical orientation device 12 .
  • the alignment handle 216 can comprise a proximal end 217 with a handle, a distal end 219 , and an elongate member 221 extending therebetween.
  • the alignment handle 216 can be gripped by a user's hand and moved, such that the handle 216 and surgical orientation device 12 generally move together.
  • the anatomical contact device 214 can further comprise an anatomical contact component 218 .
  • the anatomical contact component 218 can comprise an acetabular landmark contacting device, and can be releasably coupled to the alignment handle 216 , or can be integrally formed with the alignment handle 216 .
  • the component 218 can comprise a tripod-like structure, with three arms 220 extending radially outwardly from a center portion 222 of the component 218 .
  • Each of the three arms 220 can be spaced radially equally from one another at 120 degrees, although other arrangements are also possible, as are other numbers of arms 220 .
  • Each of the arms 220 can further be angled such that no one plane contains any two of the arms 220 .
  • Each of the arms 220 can comprise a tip 224 . As described further herein, the tips 224 can be used to contact landmarks on the acetabular rim of the patient.
  • an orthopedic system 310 can be used to prepare a portion of a patient's anatomy, such as for example an acetabular socket area in a patient's pelvis.
  • the orthopedic system 310 can be used, for example, to ream at a specified angle or orientation relative to a reference and/or anatomical landmark.
  • the orthopedic system 310 can comprise the surgical orientation device 12 described above, a protective mounting device 312 , and a surface preparation tool 314 .
  • the mounting device 312 can comprise a structure which releasably attaches to the surgical orientation device 12 and allows the surgical orientation device 12 to generally remain still while reaming takes place.
  • the protective mounting device 312 can comprise an elongate tubular structure and/or bearing which permits relative rotational movement of a structure within its inner surfaces.
  • the protective mounting device 312 can be made of plastic, metal, or other suitable material.
  • the mounting device 312 can comprise lubricant applied to its inner surfaces, and/or can comprise a bearing or bearings which inhibit the mounting device 312 from rotating when reaming is taking place.
  • the surface preparation tool 314 can comprise a device which can prepare a portion of a patient's anatomy.
  • the surface preparation tool 314 can ream out a portion of a patient's acetabular socket.
  • the surface preparation tool 314 can comprise a reamer handle 316 .
  • the reamer handle 316 or a portion of the reamer handle 316 , can extend through the mounting device 312 , and at least a portion of the reamer handle 316 can rotate relative to the mounting device 312 while at least a portion of the surface preparation tool 314 is rotating.
  • the reamer handle 316 can comprise a proximal end 317 that comprises a handle, a distal end 319 , and a rotatable shaft portion 321 extending therebetween, the rotatable shaft portion 321 being rotatably coupled with the proximal end 317 .
  • the surface preparation tool 314 can further comprise a surface preparation device 318 .
  • the surface preparation device 318 can be releasably coupled or integrally formed with the reamer handle 316 , and can comprise a cutting tool or element which digs into and reams out bony matter and/or tissue in the patient's anatomy.
  • the surface preparation device 318 can comprise a generally spherical-shaped cutting tool which is configured to ream out an acetabular socket.
  • a orthopedic system 410 can be used to orient a prosthetic component, such as for example a prosthetic acetabular cup.
  • the orthopedic system 410 can be used to orient the prosthetic component at a specified angle or orientation relative to a reference and/or anatomical landmark.
  • the orthopedic system 410 can comprise, for example, the surgical orientation device 12 described above, a guide device 412 , and a prosthetic component 414 (e.g. prosthetic acetabular cup).
  • the guide device 412 can comprise a proximal end 416 , a distal end 418 , and an elongate portion 419 extending therebetween.
  • the proximal end 416 can comprise a handle that can be gripped by a user.
  • the elongate portion 419 can comprise an elongate rod or structure which can be releasably coupled to the surgical orientation device 12 , such that the guide device 412 and surgical orientation device 12 generally move together.
  • the distal end 418 can comprise a implant contacting structure which releasably couples the guide device 412 to the prosthetic component 414 . While coupled, the prosthetic component 414 can move with the guide device 412 . Once oriented, the prosthetic component 414 can be released from the guide device 412 .
  • the prosthetic component 414 can comprise any of a number of commonly available prosthetics, including but not limited to prosthetic acetabular cups.
  • the acetabular cup size can vary depending upon the patient.
  • the prosthetic component 414 can be sized and shaped so as to fit into the area reamed out by orthopedic system 310 .
  • hip preparation methods are discussed below. These methods can be used in conjunction with the systems described above, and are useful for modifying the natural hip joint to enable the hip joint to have a prosthetic component or components, such components including but not limited to a prosthetic acetabular cup.
  • a surgeon or other medical personnel can create templates of a patient's anatomy, and use these templates to determine ideal post-procedure conditions within the patient's anatomy. For example, in a hip replacement procedure, the surgeon can first obtain x-ray images of the patient's pelvis. Based on the images, the surgeon can look at a diseased side of the hip, as well as the healthy side, and determine goals for joint offset and leg length.
  • FIG. 29A illustrates a joint offset prior to incising the capsule joint in the hip.
  • joint offset (represented for example by the arrows labeled “OS”) generally represents a medial/lateral component of the distance between two landmarks, one of which is generally fixed.
  • OS the reference post 14
  • joint offset can be represented by a distance “OS” between the fixed reference post 14 and a specified landmark “A” on the femur, taken in a generally medial/lateral direction.
  • leg length can be represented by the arrows “LL” in FIG. 29A .
  • the leg length “LL” can be the component of the distance between the fixed reference post 14 and the specified landmark “A” on the femur, taken in a generally proximal/distal direction perpendicular to that of the medial/lateral direction.
  • the surgeon can get an idea of what changes in joint offset and leg length will be necessary on the diseased side of the hip to bring the hip into symmetry (e.g. both sides of the hip having the same leg length and joint offset). If both sides of the hip are not brought into symmetry, the joint offset on the diseased side of the hip can cause wear and deterioration of the surrounding ligaments.
  • the orthopedic system 10 described above can be used to establish a reference in the patient's anatomy.
  • the reference can be established prior to incising a joint capsule in the hip.
  • the reference post 14 can be driven into a specified landmark on the patient's anatomy. In one embodiment, such landmark remains immobile throughout the rest of a hip replacement procedure.
  • a landmark such as the iliac spine can be used, although other landmarks are also possible.
  • the reference post 14 can be driven into a portion the femur, or other parts of the human anatomy.
  • the reference post 14 can be clamped and/or otherwise anchored to a portion of the femur, and the pelvis can be referenced relative to the femur.
  • the surgeon can use a slap hammer or other device to pound the impactor 16 and drive the reference post 14 into the patient's anatomy as desired, until the reference post 14 is firmly in place.
  • the reference post 14 has a sensor 15 on or embedded within or otherwise coupled to the reference post 14
  • the sensor 15 can be at least partially within the bony mass of the pelvis (or other bony area), or can still be exterior of the anatomy after insertion of the reference post 14 .
  • the reference post 14 can comprise a retractor.
  • the reference post 14 can be configured as an anchor or as a retractor to at least partially hold back the tissue that would normally be disposed above or around the surgical site.
  • the surgical orientation device 12 can be registered in a position parallel to the operating table and floor.
  • data about the orientation of the surgical orientation device 12 can be obtained through the sensor or sensors 50 in the surgical orientation device 12 while the surgical orientation device is held parallel to the operating table.
  • the pelvis can be adjusted and moved relative to a fixed reference frame. Because the angle a described above and shown in FIG. 2A can remain fixed relative to the reference post 14 , movement of the system 10 and surgical orientation device 12 can be monitored.
  • the surgical orientation device 12 can be positioned at a known angle, such as an acute angle (e.g. 45 degrees), relative to a medial-lateral plane of the pelvic bone. In some embodiments, the surgical orientation device 12 can be positioned at about 45 degrees relative to a longitudinal axis of the reference post 14 .
  • the hip (with the reference post 14 inserted) can be adjusted until the surgical orientation device 12 indicates an angle 90°- ⁇ , at which point the reference post 14 is positioned generally perpendicular to the floor, and the patient's pelvis is positioned generally parallel to the floor. Such positioning of the pelvis can be helpful, for example, in proper positioning of the prosthetic component 414 described above.
  • the reference post 14 can be driven vertically into the iliac spine while the patient is in a supine position.
  • a probe such as for example a laser or mechanical rod, can be used to align the surgical orientation device 12 with an axis of the leg to establish a reference rotation about a vertical axis and a direction for leg length measurement(s).
  • the reference post 14 can contain a sensor or sensors 15 that evaluate the orientation (e.g. position or angle) of the pelvis or other bony area.
  • the sensor or sensors 15 can be zeroed and/or registered by the surgical orientation device 12 or other device.
  • the sensor 15 can communicate with the surgical orientation device 12 , giving the surgical orientation device 12 information about the orientation of the iliac spine and/or pelvis. If the pelvis moves during the hip procedure, the surgical orientation device 12 can account for such movement since it has information about such movement from sensor 15 .
  • the surgical orientation device 12 can additionally obtain information about the spatial location of the reference post 14 based on the sensor or sensors 15 , and can use that information to obtain and record measurements of distance between the reference post 14 and surgical orientation device 12 .
  • the sensor 15 can comprise a satellite sensor which communicates with the surgical orientation device 12 , and is separately read by the surgical orientation device 12 .
  • the surgical orientation device 12 and reference post 14 can each comprise a sensor or sensors.
  • the surgical orientation device 12 can be configured to only receive information from the sensor 15 , and does not itself have an orientation sensor.
  • more than one sensor can be used.
  • the systems described herein can comprise two or more sensors 15 located on the pelvis, greater trochanter, and/or other anatomical landmarks.
  • a first satellite sensor is the sensor 15 coupled with the reference post 14
  • a second satellite sensor is coupled with another surgical device
  • both satellite sensors provide sensor data to a variation of the surgical orientation device 12 .
  • two satellite sensors are provided, one can be coupled with a first bone adjacent to a joint and a second can be coupled with a second bone adjacent to a joint. With two satellite sensors, the position, orientation, or movement of these bones and the joint to which they are adjacent can be monitored.
  • the impactor 16 , angle assessment guide 18 , and surgical orientation device 12 can be removed, leaving only the reference post 14 behind.
  • the reference post 14 can then serve as a reference as described above, and can be used as an anchoring point for attachment of the orthopedic system 110 .
  • FIGS. 13A and 13B show a technique in which the reference post 14 can be coupled with the patient's anatomy without being attached to any bony structure. Rather, as shown in these figures, a fixture 510 is provided for indirectly coupling the reference post 14 to the patient's anatomy. Although shown as providing for indirect coupling with a femur, the fixture 510 can be configured for attachment to other anatomy such that the reference post 14 does not need to be directly connected to bony structure. This arrangement is useful where the clinician prefers not to disrupt the bony structure, such as where the bony structure is delicate or would be unduly weakened by such interaction.
  • the fixture 510 includes a bone engagement portion 514 that is configured to engage the bone in a static manner.
  • the bone engagement portion 514 can comprise a clamping structure that generates sufficient normal force to provide secure frictional engagement with the femur or other anatomy.
  • the clamping structure is spring loaded or includes a ratchet design to allow for quick attachment with sufficient force for immobilizing the fixture 510 .
  • the fixture 510 preferably also is configured to securely receive the reference post 14 .
  • a mounting structure 518 can be coupled with the bone engagement portion 514 and disposed laterally.
  • the bone engagement portion 514 provides a surface area into which the reference post 14 can be driven using a slap hammer or other device for transmitting a force to the distal end of the reference post 14 .
  • the impactor 16 can be coupled with the reference post 14 , as described herein, prior to driving the distal end of the reference post 14 into the mounting structure 518 .
  • the distal end of the reference post 14 can be coupled with the mounting structure 518 by clamping or other techniques that do not require applying a driving force, as with a slap hammer.
  • the other orthopedic systems described herein can be used during further aspects of procedures.
  • the angle assessment guide 18 can be used with the surgical orientation device 12 in applying the reference post 14 .
  • This technique can be used in placing the reference post 14 when the femur is positioned parallel to a surgical table. In some techniques, the femur is placed such that it is disposed generally perpendicular to the direction of gravity prior to placement of the reference post 14 , as shown in FIG. 13B .
  • FIG. 14A illustrates that after the reference post 14 has been placed, the measuring device 112 can be used to acquire information about the location of one or more anatomical landmarks.
  • the measuring device 112 can be used to locate a probe (e.g., a laser or mechanical probe or rod) above a landmark on the hip while the reference post 14 is coupled with the femur.
  • the measuring device 112 can be coupled with the reference post to provide for multiple degrees of freedom.
  • the measuring device 112 can be pivoted about a longitudinal axis of the reference post 14 .
  • the measuring device 112 is also tiltable about a second axis that is disposed generally perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the reference post 14 , as described in connection with FIGS. 3A and 3B . Such tilting may facilitate engagement with a wide variety of anatomical landmarks on the hip by the marking device 118 .
  • the orthopedic system 110 can be used to measure at least one distance in the hip joint area.
  • the attachment structure 116 of the measuring device 112 can be releasably coupled to the surgical orientation device 12 , and the measuring device 112 can be coupled to the fixed reference post 14 .
  • the measuring device 112 can be aligned with the axis of the leg so that measuring device 112 measures the leg-length component.
  • the user can slide surgical orientation device 12 and/or marking device 118 along the measuring device 112 until the end 120 of the marking device 118 is contacting a selected location or locations on the femur (e.g., the superior aspect of the lesser trochanter), which location can then be marked with a suitable biocompatible marker or other marking agent.
  • the surgical orientation device 12 in a linear measurement mode, can then be zeroed, and can record a distance between the fixed reference post 14 and the anatomical landmark or landmarks. In a preferred arrangement, the measurement of distance between the reference post 14 and marked location on the anatomical landmark can be obtained via communication between the surgical orientation device 12 and the sensor 15 in reference post 14 .
  • the marking or markings 114 can provide an additional indication, of the measured distance.
  • the surgical orientation device 12 can have two linear measurement components, one which responds to leg length and one which responds to offset. While the lesser trochanter is described in terms of an anatomical landmark, a different anatomical landmark or landmarks can be used instead, including but not limited to the greater trochanter.
  • a satellite tiltmeter can be attached to the femur on a location such as the greater trochanter which allows the angle of the femur to be zeroed and later reproduced when these measurements are repeated at the trial reduction phase. This can eliminate small errors in leg-length and offset which can be caused movement of the femur. If attached to the greater trochanter, this could be designed so that it is not in the way during the procedure.
  • the distance between the reference post 14 and the superior aspect of the lesser trochanter can be correlated, or related to, anatomical distances such as leg length and joint offset as described above. For example, and as described above, such distance can be assessed by the medical provider in a pre-operative x-ray assessment.
  • end points of lines connecting the references points described above can roughly correspond to a hypotenuse indicative of an anatomical distance, such that zeroing the surgical orientation device 12 can result in the surgical orientation device registering this first anatomical distance or distances as a reference distance(s).
  • zeroing is not limited by setting the SOD display to read “0”, but also includes, for example, recording a position in three dimensional space relative to a selected reference frame.
  • the components of the system 110 other than the reference post 14 can be removed.
  • the joint capsule can then be incised, and the proximal femur can be removed. Once the proximal femur is removed, osteophytes surrounding the acetabular rim of the patient can also be removed according to known procedures.
  • the orthopedic system 210 can be used to determine the orientation of an anatomical plane in the patient.
  • the alignment handle 216 can be releasably coupled to the surgical orientation device 12 .
  • the alignment handle 216 can then be gripped by the surgeon, and the anatomical contact component 218 can be moved into contact with the acetabular rim.
  • the tripod-like structure with arms 220 as shown in FIGS. 4 and 19 , can be placed against the acetabular rim, and the tips 224 of the contact component 218 can contact three landmarks on the acetabular rim. These three landmarks can be determined by the surgeon or other user.
  • the contact component 218 can be referencing a plane extending across the acetabular rim.
  • the surgeon can register the orientation of this plane with the surgical orientation device 12 .
  • a planar laser can project a line onto the pelvis of the patient. The surgeon can make a mark somewhere on this line which can be referenced in later steps. This can serve the purpose of establishing a reference rotational position of the orthopedic system about a vertical line. If rotation about a vertical axis is not constrained in some form, then there can be an infinite number of orientations that satisfy a tiltmeter reading, since their locus can form a cone.
  • the surgical orientation device 12 can incorporate the orientation of the reference pin 14 in its calculations so that the surgical orientation device 12 can compensate for any subsequent movement of the pelvis.
  • the surgical orientation device 12 can include a light indicator, such as a laser or lasers.
  • the lasers can be emitted from optical components 42 of the surgical orientation device.
  • the surgical orientation device, or other component can emit a laser or lasers towards a landmark or landmarks in order to obtain an orientation of the acetabular rim.
  • the lasers can be emitted from the surgical orientation device such that they pinpoint an area or areas along the acetabular rim, and provide an indication to the surgical orientation device 12 of the orientation of a plane extending across the rim.
  • different landmarks can be used.
  • the orthopedic system 310 can be used to prepare a portion of the patient's anatomy.
  • the orthopedic system 310 can be used to ream out an acetabular socket at a defined angle and/or orientation.
  • the reamer 318 can be moved into the area bounded by the acetabular rim.
  • the surgeon can hold the reamer handle 316 , and the reamer 318 and/or a portion or portions of the reamer handle 316 can spin and rotate.
  • the surgical orientation device 12 can remain generally still while coupled to the mounting device 312 . The surgeon can use the surgical orientation device 12 to monitor the orientation of the reamer 318 .
  • the surgeon can ream at a defined angle relative to the aforementioned reference plane, with the surgical orientation device 12 providing an indication or indications on its display as to whether the reamer 318 is reaming perpendicular to such plane, or at an some angle relative to the plane.
  • the surgeon can choose an appropriate angle based on pre-operative templates and/or a desired range of angles and movement for the implant 414 .
  • the orthopedic system 410 can be used to orient a prosthetic component, such as for example a prosthetic acetabular cup.
  • a prosthetic component 414 can be used to orient a prosthetic component 414 .
  • the orthopedic system 410 can be assembled.
  • the surgical orientation device 12 can be releasably coupled to the handle 416 , and a prosthetic component 414 can be releasably coupled to the handle 416 .
  • the surgeon can then hold onto the handle 416 and move the prosthetic component 414 (e.g. prosthetic acetabular cup) towards the reamed out acetabular socket.
  • the surgical orientation device 12 can be used to monitor the orientation of the prosthetic component 414 as it is moved and adjusted within the acetabulum.
  • the orthopedic system 210 can then be used again to assess the orientation of the prosthetic component, as illustrated in FIG. 22 .
  • the anatomical contact component 218 can be placed against the prosthetic component 414 , and the surgical orientation device 12 can indicate whether the prosthetic component 414 is oriented in the same plane as that previously registered by the surgical orientation device, or whether there is some angular offset or offsets.
  • the surgical orientation device 12 can indicate the prosthetic component 414 is tilted at a five degree angle in one frame of reference relative to the orientation of the reference plane previously registered by the surgical orientation device and orthopedic system 210 . As described above, such an offset may be advantageous or desired, depending on how the surgeon wishes to orient the prosthetic.
  • the system 210 can allow the prosthetic component 414 to be aligned with the rim of the acetabulum as described above, or relative to the plane of the pelvis, whichever is preferred. In the latter case it can be unnecessary to register the rim of the acetabulum.
  • joint distance(s) can be measured again.
  • a prosthetic acetabular cup has been positioned, a femoral canal can be formed, and a prosthetic femoral broach and head can be coupled to the femur. Once the broach and head are coupled, the hip joint can be reduced and put back in place, with the prosthetic femoral head resting inside the prosthetic cup (e.g. prosthetic component 414 ).
  • the orthopedic system 110 can again be used to measure a distance from the fixed reference post 14 to an anatomical landmark (e.g. the same marked location on the superior aspect of the lesser trochanter).
  • an anatomical landmark e.g. the same marked location on the superior aspect of the lesser trochanter.
  • this second reading can be compared with the first reading (e.g. the reading shown in FIG. 29A ).
  • a measurement or measurements can be taken both prior to joint capsule incision and after joint reduction to determine whether there has been any change in joint offset “OS” and leg length “LL” in the patient's anatomy. If the measurements are satisfactory for the surgeon, the prosthetic implant can be left in. If not, the surgeon can remove the implant 414 and/or adjust the implant 414 using one or more of the systems described above, until desired measurements are obtained.
  • the surgical orientation device 12 can be programmed with a database of geometries of prosthetic components. The surgeon can input the configuration of components used in trial reduction plus his goals for adjusting offset and leg-length. The surgical orientation device 12 can then perform calculations based on three-dimensional geometry to determine a combination of components which should achieve his goals and recommend them to the surgeon. This can take much of the trial and error out of the process.
  • the orthopedic systems or other systems used for joint replacement can include an additional sensor or sensors 50 or 15 .
  • the reference post 14 can include a sensor 15 .
  • These additional sensors can be located on other surgical components and/or anatomical landmarks.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 7,559,931 discloses examples of sensors on multiple surgical components and/or anatomical landmarks, and is herein expressly incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • the orthopedic systems can include an additional sensor or sensors on the femur, hip, or other anatomical locations.
  • the additional sensor can include a microcontroller and/or communication device (e.g. infrared or other wireless technology (e.g. BluetoothTM)) which can relay information from the additional sensor to the electronic control unit 1102 of the surgical orientation device 12 .
  • This additional sensor or sensors can detect changes in movement of the patient's anatomy during an orthopedic procedure, so as to verify whether the patient's anatomy has moved or changed position during the procedure.
  • the sensor or sensors described herein e.g. sensor 15
  • the electronic control unit 1102 can be configured to receive the information from this additional sensor or sensors, and/or the sensor's communications device, and combine that information with information from the sensor or sensors 50 located within the surgical orientation device 12 to calculate an overall, or aggregate, movement and orientation of the surgical orientation device 12 relative to, for example, an axial line or plane.
  • the electronic control unit 1102 can correct for changes in position of the surgical orientation device 12 .
  • the additional sensor or sensors can be located in a device.
  • the device can be constructed such that the device is autoclavable and reusable, and can allow insertion and removal of a disposable battery.
  • the additional sensor or sensors can be incorporated with any of the systems and/or methods described herein, and can be placed on any of the components of the systems described herein.
  • the surgical orientation device 12 can comprise at least one user input, a display and an electronic control unit.
  • the user inputs and display, and/or the combination of the inputs, display, and electronic control unit can together form part of an interactive user interface.
  • the interactive user interface can comprise a housing (e.g., housing 30 described above), a coupling member formed on or within the housing configured to removably couple the user interface to an orthopedic device (e.g., handle 416 ), a sensor (e.g., sensor 50 described above), an electronic control unit (e.g., electronic control unit 1102 described above), a user input (e.g., user input 36 described above, which can transmit input commands to the electronic control unit), and a display (e.g., display 34 described above).
  • a housing e.g., housing 30 described above
  • a coupling member formed on or within the housing configured to removably couple the user interface to an orthopedic device (e.g., handle 416 ), a sensor (e.g., sensor 50 described above), an electronic control unit (e.g., electronic control unit 1102 described above), a user input (e.g., user input 36 described above, which can transmit input commands to the electronic control unit), and a display (e.g., display 34
  • the interactive user interface can comprise a graphical user interface having an interactive window displaying on-screen graphics.
  • the interactive user interface can provide the user with a plurality of screen displays.
  • the screen displays can illustrate the steps to be performed in a surgical procedure and can guide the user through the performance of the steps.
  • Each screen display can comprise one or more on-screen graphics.
  • the on-screen graphics can comprise one or more visual cues or indicators to prompt the user as to what step or steps to take next during one of the procedural methods described above.
  • the visual cues referenced herein can comprise instructive images, diagrams, pictoral representations, icons, animations, visual cues, charts, numerical readings, measurements, textual instructions, warnings (visual and/or audible), or other data.
  • the interactive user interface can be configured to alter attributes (e.g., color) of the on-screen graphics according to one or more data protocols.
  • the interactive user interface can provide visual feedback to the user during performance of one or more surgical procedures.
  • the interactive user interface can be configured to generate graphical user interface (“GUI”) images to be displayed to the user.
  • GUI graphical user interface
  • the user can interact with the surgical orientation device 12 via one or more user input devices 1114 (e.g., buttons, switches, touchscreen displays, scroll wheel, track ball, keyboard, remote controls, a microphone in conjunction with speech recognition software).
  • the interactive user interface further can allow the user to confirm that a step has been completed (for example, by pressing a user input button).
  • the interactive user interface can allow the user to enter data (e.g., a numerical value, such as a distance, an angle, and/or the like), verify a position of the surgical orientation device 12 , turn a visible alignment indication system on and off, and/or turn the entire surgical orientation device on and off.
  • the interactive user interface provides one or more drop-down lists or menus from which a user can make selections. For example, the user can make selections from a drop-down list using a scroll wheel, trackball, and/or a series of button presses.
  • the user interface provides a drop-down list of predicates that dynamically updates based on user input.
  • a module for creating an interactive user interface can comprise a computer readable medium having computer readable program code embodied therein.
  • the computer readable program code can comprise a computer readable program code configured to display one or more of a plurality of GUI images on a user interface of a surgical orientation device, the GUI images comprising instructive images related to the performance of a surgical procedure.
  • the computer readable program code can be configured to receive instructions from a user identifying the surgical procedure to be performed (e.g., which joint and/or right or left).
  • the computer readable program code can be configured to show the user steps to be performed in the identified process for the identified surgical procedure.
  • the computer readable program code can be configured to guide the user in performance of the steps. For example, the computer readable program code can be configured to receive from the user an instruction to continue to the next step in the procedure, to receive orientation data from a sensor mounted within the surgical orientation device, and to display the orientation data on the user interface of the surgical orientation device.
  • the surgical orientation device 12 described above can comprise a display module configured to display information and a sensor module configured to monitor the orientation of the surgical orientation device 12 in a three-dimensional coordinate reference system, and to generate orientation data corresponding to the monitored orientation of the surgical orientation device.
  • the surgical orientation device 12 can further comprise a control module configured to receive the orientation data from the sensor module and convert it to objective signals for presentation on the display module, the control module also configured to display a set of GUI images or other on-screen graphics on the display module, the GUI images or on-screen graphics representing the orientation data received from the sensor module and also representing instructive images related to the performance of the joint replacement surgery.
  • the surgical orientation device 12 can receive orientation data from a sensor module, receive input commands from a user input module to store orientation data from a user input module, convert the orientation data to a human readable format for presentation on a display device, and display on the display device on-screen graphics or GUI images for communicating information to a user based on the input commands and the orientation data, the information comprising instructive images for performing a joint replacement surgery and one or more visual indicators of a current orientation of the display device with respect to a fiducial, or reference, orientation.
  • the surgical orientation device 12 described herein can comprise a sensor module coupled to an alignment jig and configured to measure and record a fiducial orientation and to continuously collect orientation data of the surgical orientation device, a display module configured to display at least one visual indicator of the orientation of the surgical orientation device with respect to the fiducial, or reference, orientation, the display module further configured to display instructive images of one or more steps to be performed by the surgeon during the joint replacement surgery, and a control module configured to receive the orientation data and to convert the orientation data to objective signals for presentation on the display module.
  • FIG. 30A-W show various screen shots which can form part of the interactive user interface or interfaces described above.
  • the screen shots can be seen, for example, on a display of the surgical orientation device 12 .
  • an interface screen can illuminate requesting the user to press a user input, e.g., a center button on the surgical orientation device 12 . Thereafter, a message can be displayed indicating to the user that the surgical orientation device 12 is preparing for operation.
  • the message can be a display of text on a screen, as illustrated in FIG. 30A , an audible sound, or other signal to the user to wait for the device to confirm a proper operational state. For example, a variety of self-tests can be performed.
  • information about the operating system such as its version, can be displayed for review.
  • FIG. 30B shows a user interface screen which indicates that a range of potential cup size templates are available.
  • the user interface screen can indicate a “52” size.
  • FIG. 30C shows a user interface screen requesting the user to scroll through template options.
  • the user can press a side toggle button to scroll through cup size template options.
  • FIG. 30D shows a user interface screen in which a user has selected a “48” size cup implant. The selection can be made by pressing a middle button below the display screen on the surgical orientation device 12 . This selection of cup size can be based on a user's pre-operative assessment of a patient.
  • FIGS. 30E-G show user interface screens similar to those of FIGS. 30B-D , in which a user can scroll through and select an appropriate stem size template.
  • FIG. 30H shows a user interface screen providing input to a user to attach the surgical orientation device 12 to the angle assessment guide 18 .
  • the user can press a user input (e.g. an enter button) on the surgical orientation device 12 to indicate completion of this step.
  • a user input e.g. an enter button
  • FIG. 30I shows a user interface screen providing input to a user to attach the reference post 14 to the impactor 16 .
  • the user can press a user input (e.g. an enter button) on the surgical orientation device 12 to indicate completion of this step.
  • a user input e.g. an enter button
  • FIG. 30J shows a user interface screen providing information on the orientation of the system 10 to guide the user in proper orientation while the reference post 14 is impacted into patient.
  • FIG. 30K shows a user interface screen providing instructions to a user to attach the surgical orientation device 12 to the system 110 .
  • the user can press a user input (e.g. an enter button) to indicate completion of this step.
  • a user input e.g. an enter button
  • FIG. 30L shows a user interface screen providing instructions to a user to attach the marking device 118 to the system 110 .
  • the user can press a user input (e.g. an enter button) to indicate completion of this step.
  • a user input e.g. an enter button
  • FIG. 30M shows a user interface screen providing instructions to establish the position of the marking device 118 in system 110 , with the marking device 118 referencing an anatomical landmark determined by the user. Once the user has contacted the anatomical landmark, the user can press a button (e.g. an enter button) to record an orientation of the system 110 with respect to that landmark.
  • a button e.g. an enter button
  • FIG. 30N shows a user interface screen providing instructions to a user to prepare the acetabulum for cup implantation.
  • the user can press a user input (e.g. an enter button) to indicate completion of this step.
  • a user input e.g. an enter button
  • FIG. 30O shows a user interface screen providing instructions to a user to attach the surgical orientation device 12 to the system 210 .
  • the user can press a user input (e.g. an enter button) to indicate completion of this step.
  • a user input e.g. an enter button
  • FIG. 30P shows a user interface screen providing instructions to a user to assess a plane of the acetabulum.
  • the user can press a user input (e.g. an enter button) to indicate completion of this step.
  • a user input e.g. an enter button
  • FIG. 30Q shows a user interface screen providing instructions to a user to ream the acetabulum using system 310 , as well as providing feedback to the user on the orientation of the reamer (with the surgical orientation device 12 attached) so that user can use the reamer in accordance with the plane established by acetabular lip assessment guide.
  • the user can press a user input (e.g. an enter button) to indicate completion of this step.
  • FIG. 30R shows a user interface screen providing instructions to a user to position a prosthetic cup 414 in the acetabulum.
  • the user can press a user input (e.g. an enter button) to indicate completion of this step.
  • a user input e.g. an enter button
  • FIG. 30S shows a user interface screen providing instructions to a user to impact the prosthetic cup into the acetabulum using the system 410 , as well as providing feedback to the user on the orientation of the prosthetic cup (with the surgical orientation device 12 attached) so that the user can impact the cup in accordance with the plane established by the system 210 .
  • the user can press a user input (e.g. an enter button) to indicate completion of this step.
  • FIG. 30T shows a user interface screen providing instructions to the user to fit a trial hip implant.
  • the user can press a user input (e.g. an enter button) to indicate completion of this step.
  • a user input e.g. an enter button
  • FIGS. 30U , 30 V show a user interface screen providing instructions to the user to assess the orientation of the system 110 with respect to the anatomical landmark that was previously assessed by the marking device 118 on the system 110 .
  • the user can measure the distance again from the reference post 14 to the landmark measure previously.
  • FIG. 30W shows a user interface screen displaying leg length and joint off-set changes based on orientation changes of jigging system from initial assessment of anatomical landmark in FIG. 13 and final assessment in FIG. 22 .

Abstract

Orthopedic systems and methods are provided for use in preparing joints for implants. Specifically, hip preparation systems and methods are disclosed which can include a surgical orientation device. The hip preparation systems and methods can be used, for example, to orient the hip during the procedure, determine the orientation of an anatomical plane or planes, and orient a prosthetic component or components.

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application is a continuation from U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/557,051, filed Sep. 10, 2009, which is incorporated in its entirety by reference herein, which claims benefit under 35 U.S.C. §119(e) to U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/191,603, filed Sep. 10, 2008, and to U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/226,668, filed Jul. 17, 2009, each of which is incorporated in its entirety by reference herein.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTIONS
  • 1. Field of the Inventions
  • The present application is directed to systems and methods for joint replacement, in particular to systems and methods for hip joint replacement which utilize a surgical orientation device or devices.
  • 2. Description of the Related Art
  • Joint replacement procedures, including hip joint replacement procedures, are commonly used to replace a patient's joint with a prosthetic joint component or components. Specifically, the hip joint often requires replacement in the form of prosthetic components due to strain, stress, wear, deformation, misalignment, and/or other conditions in the joint. Prosthetic hip joint components can be designed to replace, for example, an acetabular prosthetic socket in the hip and/or a femoral head.
  • Current systems and methods often use expensive, complex, bulky, and/or massive computer navigation systems which require a computer or computers, as well as three dimensional imaging, to track a spatial location and/or movement of a surgical instrument or landmark in the human body. These systems are used generally to assist a user to determine where in space a tool or landmark is located, and often require extensive training, cost, and room.
  • Where such complex and costly systems are not used, simple methods are used, such as “eyeballing” the alignment of a prosthetic acetabular cup or femoral broach. These simple methods are not sufficiently accurate to reliably align and place implant components and the bones to which such components are attached.
  • Correct positioning of surgical instruments and implants, as used in a surgical procedure with respect to the patient's anatomy, is therefore often an important factor in achieving a successful outcome. In certain orthopedic implant procedures, such as total hip replacement (THR) or arthroplasty, total knee arthroplasty (TKA), high tibial osteotomy (HTO), and total shoulder replacement (TSR), for example, the optimal orientation of the surgical implant can enhance initial function and long term operability of the implant. A misaligned acetabular prosthetic cup can lead to complications such as dislocation of the hip joint, decreased joint motion, joint pain, and hastened failure of the implant.
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTIONS
  • Accordingly, there is a lack of devices, systems and methods that can be used to accurately position components of prosthetic joints without overly complicating the procedures, crowding the medical personnel, and/or burdening the physician or health-care facility with the great cost of complex navigation systems. Thus, there is a need in the art for improved systems and methods for obtaining accurate orientation of surgical instruments and implants during various orthopedic repair and replacement procedures, including total hip replacement (“THR”). Furthermore, there is a need for such devices and methods to be simple and easy to operate.
  • In accordance with at least one embodiment, an apparatus for preparing a hip joint can comprise a reference post having a distal end adapted to be driven into a portion of a pelvic bone, a proximal end, and a reference post body extending along a longitudinal axis between the proximal and distal ends, a coupling device disposed adjacent to the proximal end of the reference post adapted for connecting the reference post body to a second surgical component, and an orientation sensor coupled with the reference post.
  • In accordance with another embodiment, an apparatus for preparing a hip joint can comprise a mounting structure having a first end adapted to secure to a patient's anatomy and a second end disposed away from the first end, an elongate member having a first end and a second end, the first end of the elongate member adapted to connect to the second end of the mounting structure, a marking device coupled with the second end of the elongate member for visually indicating the position of an anatomical landmark during a procedure, and a surgical orientation device coupled with the elongate member for movement therealong for measuring at least one of position and orientation along the elongate member.
  • In accordance with another embodiment, an apparatus for assessing the orientation of an acetabular landmark or an acetabular implant can comprise a handling device comprising a proximal end with a handle, a distal end, and an elongate member extending therebetween, an acetabular landmark contacting device coupled with the distal end of the handling device, and a surgical orientation device for detecting and recording an orientation of the acetabular landmark or the acetabular implant.
  • In accordance with another embodiment, an acetabular surface preparation apparatus can comprise a handling device comprising a proximal end with a handle, a distal end, and a rotatable shaft extending therebetween, a surface preparation device coupled with the distal end and adapted to remove bone from the acetabulum to create a surface suitable for receiving an acetabular implant, a sleeve disposed around the rotatable shaft and adapted to remain stationary while the shaft is rotating, and a surgical orientation device coupled with the sleeve such that the orientation device can remain stationary while the rotatable shaft is rotated.
  • In accordance with another embodiment, an acetabular implant placement device can comprise a handling device comprising a proximal end with a handle, a distal end, and an elongate member extending therebetween, wherein the distal end comprises an implant contacting structure adapted to couple with an acetabular implant, and a surgical orientation device coupled with the handling device such that the orientation of at least one of the handling device and the surgical orientation device can be monitored as the acetabular implant is advanced into the acetabulum.
  • In accordance with another embodiment, a method for preparing a patient's hip for receiving an implant can comprise providing a first orthopedic system comprising a reference post comprising an orientation sensor, an impactor coupled with the reference post, a first angle assessment guide, and a portable surgical orientation device attached to the angle assessment guide, attaching the reference post to a hip bone of the patient, measuring and recording a reference distance from the reference post to an anatomical landmark using the portable surgical orientation device, removing the angle assessment guide, impactor, and portable surgical orientation device from the reference post, providing a second orthopedic system comprising an alignment guide, a second angle assessment guide attached to the alignment guide, and the portable surgical orientation device attached to the alignment guide, measuring an orientation of an anatomical plane using the second angle assessment guide, orienting an implant relative to the anatomical plane and inserting the implant into the acetabulum using the second orthopedic system, attaching a femoral broach to the patient's femur, the femoral broach including a head, positioning the head in the implant, providing the first orthopedic system a second time, and measuring changes in the reference distance.
  • In accordance with another embodiment, a method for preparing a patient's hip for receiving an implant can comprise attaching a first orthopedic system to the patient's hip with a reference device, the first orthopedic system comprising a portable surgical orientation device, measuring and recording a reference distance from the reference device to an anatomical landmark using the portable surgical orientation device, measuring an orientation of an anatomical plane on the patient's hip using a second orthopedic system, the second orthopedic system comprising the portable surgical orientation device, orienting an implant relative to the anatomical plane using the second orthopedic system, inserting the implant into the acetabulum, inserting a prosthetic femoral head into the implant, and measuring changes in the reference distance using the first orthopedic system.
  • In accordance with another embodiment, a method for positioning a patient in a hip procedure can comprise advancing a reference device into a patient's pelvic bone, coupling a surgical orientation device with the reference device such that the orientation device is not moveable relative to the pelvic bone, measuring at least one of the position or orientation of at least a portion of the patient's hip joint using the surgical orientation device, and moving the patient's hip joint to selected position the patient relative to a fixed reference frame based on the measurement on the surgical orientation device.
  • In accordance with another embodiment, a method for assessing relative position of portions of a hip joint can comprise coupling a surgical orientation device to a first bone of a patient's hip at a first location with a reference device, measuring a reference distance from the reference device to an anatomical landmark of a second bone using the surgical orientation device, performing a hip procedure, and after performing the hip procedure, confirming the position of the anatomical landmark relative to the first location.
  • In accordance with another embodiment, a method of placing an acetabular implant can comprise providing an orientation apparatus comprising an elongate member having a handle disposed at a proximal end, an angle assessment device disposed at a distal end, and a surgical orientation device, advancing the angle assessment device into contact with an anatomical landmark of the acetabulum while measuring orientation of the landmark, preparing the acetabulum for receiving the acetabular implant, placing the acetabular implant within the acetabulum, and advancing the angle assessment device into contact with the acetabular implant to confirm the orientation of the implant.
  • In accordance with another embodiment, a method of preparing an acetabular surface for receiving an acetabular implant can comprise providing a handle, a shaft rotatably coupled with the handle, a reamer coupled a distal end of the shaft, and an orientation device coupled in a fixed position relative to the handle, providing contact between the reamer and an acetabular surface while rotating the shaft and reamer to remove bone within the acetabulum, and measuring the orientation of the reamer while providing contact between the reamer and an acetabular surface.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 shows a representation of a human anatomy, identifying generally the femur, pelvis, iliac spine, and lesser trochanter;
  • FIG. 2A is a side view of a orthopedic system according to one embodiment for establishing a reference location on a patient's anatomy;
  • FIG. 2B is a front view of the orthopedic system of FIG. 2A;
  • FIG. 2C is a perspective view of the orthopedic system of FIG. 2A;
  • FIG. 2D is a front view of a reference post according to one embodiment;
  • FIG. 3A is a side view of an orthopedic system according to one embodiment for measuring distances in and around a joint;
  • FIG. 3B is a top view of the orthopedic system of FIG. 3A;
  • FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective view of a orthopedic system according to one embodiment for determining an orientation of a plane in a patient's anatomy;
  • FIG. 5 is a perspective view of a orthopedic system according to one embodiment for preparing a portion of a patient's anatomy to receive an implant;
  • FIG. 6 is a perspective view of a orthopedic system according to one embodiment for orienting a prosthetic component;
  • FIG. 7 is a perspective view of a surgical orientation device according to one embodiment that can be used in conjunction with one or more of the orthopedic systems described herein;
  • FIG. 8 is a back view of the surgical orientation device of FIG. 7;
  • FIG. 9 is a perspective view of the surgical orientation device of FIG. 7;
  • FIG. 10A is a top view of the surgical orientation device of FIG. 7;
  • FIG. 10B is a bottom view of the surgical orientation device of FIG. 7;
  • FIG. 11 is a block diagram of an electrical system of the surgical orientation device of FIG. 7;
  • FIGS. 12A-C illustrate operation of accelerometers according to embodiments that can be used as sensors in the electrical system of FIG. 11;
  • FIG. 12D is a perspective view of interior components of the surgical orientation device of FIG. 7;
  • FIG. 12E is a flow chart of an embodiment of an orientation measurement process performed by the surgical orientation device of FIG. 7;
  • FIG. 13 illustrates a method in which the patient's hip is generally parallel to an operating table and a reference post of the orthopedic system of FIGS. 2A-C is inserted into the patient's anatomy;
  • FIG. 13A illustrates a method in which the patient's hip is generally parallel to an operating table and a fixture is provided for coupling a reference post of the orthopedic system of FIGS. 2A-C with the patient's anatomy;
  • FIG. 13B illustrates a technique for coupling a reference post with the fixture shown in FIG. 13A;
  • FIG. 14 illustrates a method in which the orthopedic system of FIGS. 3A-B is being used to measure a distance between the fixed reference post and a reference location on the patient's anatomy;
  • FIG. 14A illustrates a method in which the orthopedic system of FIGS. 3A-B is used to measure a distance between the fixed reference post and a reference location on the patient's anatomy;
  • FIG. 15-18 illustrate techniques for resecting a femoral head and cleaning of osteophytes around the acetabular rim;
  • FIG. 19 is a perspective view of the orthopedic system of FIG. 4 being used to determine the orientation of a plane defined by landmarks on the patient's acetabular rim;
  • FIG. 20 is a perspective view of the orthopedic system of FIG. 5 being used to ream out a portion or portions of the patient's acetabular socket;
  • FIGS. 21 and 22 are perspective views of the orthopedic system of FIG. 6 being used to orient a prosthetic acetabular cup;
  • FIG. 23 is a perspective view of a polymer insert being placed in the prosthetic acetabular cup;
  • FIGS. 24-26 are perspective views of a preparation of femoral canal, broach, and prosthetic femoral head;
  • FIG. 27 is a perspective view of the patient's hip joint being reduced back into place, with the prosthetic femoral head inserted into the prosthetic acetabular cup;
  • FIG. 28 is a perspective view of the orthopedic system of FIGS. 3A-B being used again to measure a distance between the fixed reference post and a reference location on the patient's anatomy; and
  • FIGS. 29A and B are schematic illustrations of a change in leg length (LL) and leg offset (OS) as measured prior to and after a hip preparation procedure according to one embodiment.
  • FIGS. 30A-W show various embodiments of user interface screens that can be displayed during an orthopedic procedure or procedures.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENT
  • Although certain preferred embodiments and examples are disclosed below, it will be understood by those skilled in the art that the inventive subject matter extends beyond the specifically disclosed embodiments to other alternative embodiments and/or uses of the inventions, and to obvious modifications and equivalents thereof. Thus it is intended that the scope of the inventions herein disclosed should not be limited by the particular disclosed embodiments described below. Thus, for example, in any method or process disclosed herein, the acts or operations making up the method/process may be performed in any suitable sequence, and are not necessarily limited to any particular disclosed sequence. For purposes of contrasting various embodiments with the prior art, certain aspects and advantages of these embodiments are described where appropriate herein. Of course, it is to be understood that not necessarily all such aspects or advantages may be achieved in accordance with any particular embodiment. Thus, for example, it should be recognized that the various embodiments may be carried out in a manner that achieves or optimizes one advantage or group of advantages as taught herein without necessarily achieving other aspects or advantages as may be taught or suggested herein.
  • I. Overview of Systems and Methods
  • The following sections describe in detail systems and methods for a hip replacement procedure. The orthopedic systems described herein include orthopedic systems and orthopedic devices for preparing the hip to receive prosthetic components. The systems include but are not limited to orthopedic systems 10, 110, 210, 310, and 410 described herein, each of which can be used during various stages of an orthopedic procedure or procedures, such as for example a total hip replacement procedure. These orthopedic systems and devices can be used to perform minimally invasive, cost-efficient, successful orthopedic procedures.
  • II. Orthopedic Systems
  • A number of different orthopedic systems are discussed below. These systems are useful, for example, for modifying the natural hip joint to enable the hip joint to have a prosthetic component or components, such components including but not limited to a prosthetic acetabular cup.
  • FIG. 1 illustrates a pelvis, femur, iliac spine, and lesser and greater trochanter regions. As will be described further herein, these and/or other anatomical locations and landmarks can be referenced and used throughout an orthopedic procedure or procedures in conjunction with the systems described herein.
  • A. Orthopedic System for Establishing a Reference Location on the Patient's Anatomy
  • With reference to FIGS. 2A-D, an orthopedic system 10 can be used to provide a fixed reference on a patient's anatomy, as well as to provide an anchor and/or support for other orthopedic systems. As illustrated in FIG. 2A, the orthopedic system 10 can comprise a surgical orientation device 12, reference device 14, impactor 16, and angle assessment guide 18.
  • 1. Device for Use as a Reference in the Patient's Anatomy
  • The system 10 can comprise a device or component that serves as a reference for other systems or devices. For example, and as illustrated in FIG. 2A, the reference device 14 can comprise a reference post 14, and can serve as a reference for other systems or devices. The reference post 14 can comprise a thin, metallic pin that can be at least partially driven (e.g. hammered with a slap hammer) into a bony area on the patient's anatomy. As will be described further herein, the reference post 14 can be partially driven, for example, into the iliac spine on a patient's pelvis. Other types of reference posts can also be used. The reference post 14 can also be used to hold back tissue that would otherwise cover the surgical field, e.g., skin and muscle and other sub-dermal tissues. In a preferred arrangement, the reference post 14 also can serve as an anchor or otherwise mechanically support other joint preparation systems, as discussed below. The reference post 14 can comprise a mounting structure. For example, the reference post 14 can support the system 310 in one technique. The reference post 14 also can be coupled with an orientation sensor or sensors 15, which can be disposed on the reference post's surface or inside the reference post 14. The sensor or sensors 15 can detect orientation (e.g. position) and/or relative movement of the reference post 14. By detecting movement of the sensor(s) 15, movement of anatomy with which the reference post is coupled (e.g. surrounding bony area) can also be detected.
  • In one technique, the impactor 16 is used to assist in placement of the reference post 14. With continued reference to FIGS. 2A-C, the impactor 16 can be releasably coupled to the reference post 14. The impactor 16 can drive the reference post 14 into a bony area on the patient's anatomy, and the impactor 16 can then be removed. The impactor 16 can include, for example, an elongate rod 20 with one end 22 for pounding or striking with a hammer, and an opposite end 24 for releasably connecting to the impactor 14.
  • FIG. 2D shows another embodiment of a reference post 14′ which can be used with system 10. The reference post 14′ can comprise a proximal portion 30, an elongate body 32, and a distal portion 34. The proximal portion 30 can comprise a coupling structure comprising an annular recess 36 defined between a proximally facing shoulder 38 and a distally facing shoulder 40. Other coupling structures are also possible. As described above, the impactor 16 can comprise a coupling structure 24 for releasable attachment to the reference post 14′. In some embodiments, the end 24 of impactor 16 can comprise be fork-shaped as shown in FIG. 2C, and adapted to be received within the annular recess 36 of the reference post 14. The fork-shaped structure 24 can abut at least one of the proximal end 30 of the reference post 14 and the proximally facing shoulder 38 to transfer a force to the body 32 of the reference post 14 and drive distal end 34 into the bone. Thus, the impactor 16 can enable the force of blows of the hammer to be transferred to the reference post 14 such that the distal end 34 of reference post 14 can be advanced into the bone.
  • 2. Device For Angle Assessment Relative to Operating Table
  • The system 10 can further comprise a device which can be used to orient the patient's pelvis relative to the operating table. For example, and as described further herein, the angle assessment guide 18 can be used to orient the patient's pelvis. The angle assessment guide 18 can comprise a member 19, an attachment structures 26, and an end member 28. The attachment structure 26 can couple (e.g. attach, releasably attach) the angle assessment guide 18 to the impactor 16 and/or reference post 14 at a certain angle “a”. The angle “a” can be any of a number of angles, and preferably 45 degrees. FIG. 2A shows “a” at an angle of approximately 45 degrees. The angle assessment guide 18 can comprise any of a number of sizes and shapes. For example, the angle assessment guide can comprise a first elongate member, a second elongate member, and a third elongate member. The first elongate member can couple with the proximate end of the reference post 14, 14′, and can comprise the elongate rod 20 of the impactor. The second elongate member can couple with the first elongate member at an angle relative to the first elongate member (e.g. an acute angle), and can comprise member 19. The third elongate member can be mounted to the second elongate member, and can comprise the cross-bar-shaped member 28 as illustrated in FIG. 2A. The surgical orientation device 12 can be releasably coupled to the angle assessment guide 18, such that movement of the angle assessment guide 18 causes identical movement of the surgical orientation device 12. The surgical orientation device can alternatively or additionally be releasably coupled to the reference post 14. In some embodiments, the surgical orientation device can be coupled to the cross-bar member 28 with a coupling device such as that disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/509,388, filed Jul. 24, 2009, the contents of which are incorporated in their entirety by reference herein.
  • 3. Surgical Orientation Device
  • With continued reference to FIGS. 2A-C, the surgical orientation device 12 can be can be used for verifying an alignment and/or measuring distances. “Surgical orientation device” is a broad term as used herein, and includes, without limitation, devices which can be used alone or in conjunction with an orthopedic device or devices to identify or track a relative position of one or more orthopedic devices or anatomical structures, and can encompass any of the embodiments shown in the drawings and as described herein, as well as any of the embodiments shown or described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/509,388, filed Jul. 24, 2009, the contents of which are incorporated in their entirety by reference herein.
  • For example, FIG. 7 shows an embodiment of a surgical orientation device 12. The surgical orientation device 12 can comprise a compact device for use in orienting a cutting guide or other surgical tool in a joint replacement procedure. In some techniques, the surgical orientation device 12 can be configured for being hand-held during a procedure. Preferably the surgical orientation device 12 is portable.
  • The surgical orientation device 12 can be used, for example, to identify an orientation of an anatomical plane, such as for example a plane defined by landmarks on a patient's acetabular rim. The surgical orientation device 12 can be used, for example, to measure distances, such as for example a distance between the reference post 14 and an anatomical landmark or landmarks on the patient's anatomy. Other uses are also possible. Furthermore, the surgical orientation device 12, as described herein, can be used alone or in conjunction with other devices, components, and/or systems, including but not limited to the sensor(s) 15 on the reference post 14, if included.
  • In a preferred arrangement, the surgical orientation device 12 can comprise a generally rectangular-shaped structure having an outer housing 30. The outer housing 30, as well as its contents can be portable. The outer housing 30 can be comprised, at least in part, of plastic including but not limited to ABS, polycarbonate, or other suitable material. The surgical orientation device 12 can be configured for hand-held use. The surgical orientation device 12 can be configured for mounting to other surgical devices, as discussed below.
  • With continued reference to FIG. 7, a front side 32, or a portion of the front side 32, of the surgical orientation device 12 can comprise a display 34. The display 34 can be a separate component from the outer housing 30 or can be integrated on or within the outer housing 30. The display 34 can comprise an output device. For example, the display 34 can comprise a liquid crystal display (“LCD”) or Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal on Silicon (“FLCOS”) display screen. The display screen can be sized such that a user can readily read numbers, lettering, and/or symbols displayed on the display screen while performing a medical procedure. In an embodiment, the display 34 comprises a Quarter Video Graphics Array (“QVGA”) Thin Film Transistor (“TFT”) LCD screen. Other types of display screens can also be used, as can other shapes, sizes, and locations for the display 24 on the surgical orientation device 12.
  • The surgical orientation device 12 can further comprise at least one user input device 36. The at least one user input device 36 can comprise a plurality of buttons located adjacent the display 34. The buttons can be activated, for example, by a finger, hand, and/or instrument to select a mode or modes of operation of the device 12, as discussed further below. In a preferred arrangement, the at least one user input comprises three buttons located underneath the display 34 as illustrated in FIG. 7. In other embodiments, the user input device 36 is a separate component from the housing 30. For example, the user input device 36 can comprise a remote input device coupled to the surgical orientation device 12 via a wired or wireless connection. In yet other embodiments, the user input device 36 comprises a microphone operating in conjunction with a speech recognition module configured to receive and process verbal instructions received from a user.
  • As discussed below, the surgical orientation device 12 can include a user interface with which a clinician can interact during a procedure. In one embodiment, the display 34 and at least one user input 36 can form a user interface. The user interface can allow a surgeon, medical personnel, and/or other user to operate the surgical orientation device 12 with ease, efficiency, and accuracy. Specific examples and illustrations of how the user interface can operate in conjunction with specific methods are disclosed further herein.
  • FIGS. 8 and 9 show a back side 37 of the surgical orientation device 12. The back side 37 can include an attachment structure or structures 38, as well as a gripping feature or features 39 for facilitating handling of the surgical orientation device 12. The attachment structures 38 can facilitate attachment of the surgical orientation device 12 to another device, such as for example a coupling device (not shown). In a preferred arrangement, the attachment structures 38 comprise grooves, or channels 40, along a portion of the back side of the surgical orientation device 12.
  • The attachment structures 38 can be formed, for example, from protruding portions of the back side of the surgical orientation device 12, and can extend partially, or entirely, along the back side of the surgical orientation device 12. The attachment structures 38 can receive corresponding, or mating, structures from the coupling device 14, so as to couple, or lock, the coupling device to the surgical orientation device 12. FIGS. 10A and 10B show top and bottom sides 41 a, 41 b of the surgical orientation device 12. The surgical orientation device 12 can comprise optical components 42 that can be located on the top side 41 a, the bottom side 41 b, or the top and bottom sides 41 a, 41 b of the surgical orientation device 12. The optical components 42 can comprise transparent windows 44 integrated into the surgical orientation device 12. The optical components 42 can be windows that permit visible light (e.g. laser light) to emit from the top side 31 a, the bottom side 31 b, or both the top and bottom sides 41 a, 41 b of the surgical orientation device 12. While the embodiment illustrated in FIGS. 10 a and 10 b shows two windows 44 for transmitting light, other numbers are also possible. Additionally, while the optical components 42 are shown located on the top and bottom of the surgical orientation device 12, in other embodiments the optical components 42 can be located in other positions and/or on other portions of the surgical orientation device 12.
  • FIG. 11 illustrates a high-level block diagram of an electrical system 1100 of the surgical orientation device 12. The electrical system 1100 comprises an electronic control unit 1102 that communicates with one or more sensor(s) 1104, one or more visible alignment indicators 1106, a power supply 1108, a display 1110, external memory 1112, one or more user input devices 1114, other output devices 1116 and/or one or more input/output (“I/O”) ports 1118.
  • In general, the electronic control unit 1102 can receive input from the sensor(s), the external memory 1112, the user input devices 1114 and/or the I/O ports 1118 and controls and/or transmits output to the visible alignment indicators 1106, the display 1110, the external memory 1112, the other output devices 1116 and/or the I/O ports 1118. The electronic control unit 1102 can be configured to receive and send electronic data, as well as perform calculations based on received electronic data. In certain embodiments, the electronic control unit 1102 can be configured to convert the electronic data from a machine-readable format to a human readable format for presentation on the display 1110. The electronic control unit 1102 can comprise, by way of example, one or more processors, program logic, or other substrate configurations representing data and instructions, which can operate as described herein. In other embodiments, the electronic control unit 1102 can comprise controller circuitry, processor circuitry, processors, general purpose single-chip or multi-chip microprocessors, digital signal processors, embedded microprocessors, microcontrollers and/or the like. The electronic control unit 1102 can have conventional address lines, conventional data lines, and one or more conventional control lines. In yet other embodiments, the electronic control unit 1102 can comprise an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) or one or more modules configured to execute on one or more processors. In certain embodiments, the electronic control unit 1102 can comprise an AT91SAM7SE microcontroller available from Atmel Corporation.
  • The electronic control unit 1102 can communicate with internal memory and/or the external memory 1112 to retrieve and/or store data and/or program instructions for software and/or hardware. The internal memory and the external memory 1112 can include random access memory (“RAM”), such as static RAM, for temporary storage of information and/or read only memory (“ROM”), such as flash memory, for more permanent storage of information. In some embodiments, the external memory 1112 includes an AT49BV160D-70TU Flash device available from Atmel Corporation and a CY62136EV30LL-45ZSXI SRAM device available from Cypress Semiconductor Corporation. The electronic control unit 1102 can communicate with the external memory 1112 via an external memory bus.
  • In general, the sensor(s) 1104 can be configured to provide continuous real-time data to the surgical orientation device 12. The electronic control unit 1102 can be configured to receive the real-time data from the sensor(s) 1104 and to use the sensor data to determine, estimate, and/or calculate an orientation (e.g. position) of the surgical orientation device 12. The orientation information can be used to provide feedback to a user during the performance of a surgical procedure, such as a total hip replacement surgery, as described in more detail herein.
  • In some arrangements, the one or more sensors 1104 can comprise at least one orientation sensor configured to provide real-time data to the electronic control unit 1102 related to the motion, orientation (e.g. position) of the surgical orientation device 12. For example, a sensor module 1104 can comprise at least one gyroscopic sensor, accelerometer sensor, tilt sensor, magnetometer and/or other similar device or devices configured to measure, and/or facilitate determination of, an orientation of the surgical orientation device 12. The term “module” as used herein can include, but is not limited to, software or hardware components which perform certain tasks. Thus, a module can include object-oriented software components, class components, procedures, subroutines, data structures, segments of program code, drivers, firmware, microcode, circuitry, data, tables, arrays, etc. Those with ordinary skill in the art will also recognize that a module can be implemented using a wide variety of different software and hardware techniques.
  • In some embodiments, the sensors 1104 can be configured to provide measurements relative to a reference point(s), line(s), plane(s), and/or gravitational zero. Gravitational zero, as referred to herein, refers generally to an orientation in which an axis of the sensor 1104 is perpendicular to the force of gravity, and thereby experiences no angular offset, for example tilt, pitch, roll, or yaw, relative to a gravitational force vector. In other embodiments, the sensor(s) 1104 can be configured to provide measurements for use in dead reckoning or inertial navigation systems.
  • In various embodiments, the sensor(s) 1104 comprise one or more accelerometers that measure the orientation of the surgical orientation device 12 relative to gravity. For example, the accelerometers can be used as tilt sensors to detect rotation of the surgical orientation device 12 about one or more of its axes. For example, the one or more accelerometers can comprise a dual axis accelerometer (which can measure rotation about two axes of rotation). The changes in orientation about the axes of the accelerometers can be determined relative to gravitational zero and/or to a reference plane registered during a tibial or femoral preparation procedure as described herein.
  • In certain embodiments, a multi-axis accelerometer (such as the ADXL203CE MEMS accelerometer available from Analog Devices, Inc. or the LIS331DLH accelerometer available from ST Microelectronics.) detects changes in orientation about two axes of rotation. For example, the multi-axis accelerometer can detect changes in angular position from a horizontal plane (e.g., anterior/posterior rotation) of the surgical orientation device 12 and changes in angular position from a vertical plane (e.g., roll rotation) of the surgical orientation device 12. The changes in angular position from the horizontal and vertical planes of the surgical orientation device 12 as measured by the sensor 1104 can be used to determine changes in orientation of the surgical orientation device 12.
  • In some arrangements, the sensors 1104 can comprise at least one single- or multi-axis gyroscope sensor and at least one single- or multi-axis accelerometer sensor. For example, a sensor module 1104 can comprise a three-axis gyroscope sensor (or three gyroscope sensors) and a three-axis accelerometer (or three accelerometer sensors) to provide orientational measurements for all six degrees of freedom of the surgical orientation device 12. In some embodiments, the sensors provide an inertial navigation or dead reckoning system to continuously calculate the orientation and velocity of the surgical orientation device 12 without the need for external references
  • In some embodiments, the sensors 1104 comprise one or more accelerometers and at least one magnetometer. The magnetometer can be configured to measure a strength and/or direction of one or more magnetic fields in the vicinity of the surgical orientation device 12. The magnetometer can advantageously be configured to detect changes in angular position about a vertical axis. In other embodiments, the sensors 1104 comprise one or more sensors capable of determining distance measurements. For example a sensor located in the surgical orientation device 12 can be in electrical communication (wired or wireless) with an emitter element mounted at the end of a measurement probe. For example, sensor 15 in reference post 14 can comprise an emitter element. In certain embodiments, the electrical control unit can be configured to determine the distance between the sensor and emitter (for example, an axial length of a measurement probe corresponding to a distance to an anatomical landmark, such as a bony eminence of the pelvis or femur, such as the greater or lesser trochanter).
  • In other embodiments, the one or more sensors 1104 can comprise a temperature sensor to monitor system temperature of the electrical system 1100. Operation of some of the electrical components can be affected by changes in temperature. The temperature sensor can be configured to transmit signals to the electronic control unit 1102 to take appropriate action. In addition, monitoring the system temperature can be used to prevent overheating. In some embodiments, the temperature sensor comprises a NCP21WV103J03RA thermistor available from Murata Manufacturing Co. The electrical system 1100 can further include temperature, ultrasonic and/or pressure sensors for measuring properties of biological tissue and other materials used in the practice of medicine or surgery, including determining the hardness, rigidity, and/or density of materials, and/or determining the flow and/or viscosity of substances in the materials, and/or determining the temperature of tissues or substances within materials.
  • In certain embodiments, the sensors 1104 can facilitate determination of an orientation of the surgical orientation device 12 relative to a reference orientation established during a preparation and alignment procedure performed during orthopedic surgery. Further details regarding the operation of the sensors in conjunction with a total hip replacement surgery are described herein.
  • The one or more sensors 1104 can form a component of a sensor module that comprises at least one sensor, signal conditioning circuitry, and an analog-to-digital converter (“ADC”). In certain embodiments, the components of the sensor module 1104 are mounted on a stand-alone circuit board that is physically separate from, but in electrical communication with, the circuit board(s) containing the other electrical components described herein. In other embodiments, the sensor module is physically integrated on the circuit board(s) with the other electrical components. The signal conditioning circuitry of the sensor module can comprise one or more circuit components configured to condition, or manipulate, the output signals from the sensor(s) 1104. In certain embodiments, the signal conditioning circuitry comprises filtering circuitry and gain circuitry. The filtering circuitry can comprise one more filters, such as a low pass filter. For example, a 10 Hz single pole low pass filter can be used to remove vibrational noise or other low frequency components of the sensor output signals. The gain circuitry can comprise one or more operational amplifier circuits that can be used to amplify the sensor output signals to increase the resolution potential of the sensor. For example, the operational amplifier circuit can provide gain such that a 0 g output results in a midrange (e.g., 1.65 V signal), a +1g output results in a full scale (e.g., 3.3 V) signal and a −1 g output results in a minimum (0 V) signal to the ADC input.
  • In general, the ADC of the sensor module can be configured to convert the analog output voltage signals of the sensor(s) 1104 to digital data samples. In certain embodiments, the digital data samples comprise voltage counts. The ADC can be mounted in close proximity to the sensor to enhance signal to noise performance. In certain embodiments, the ADC comprises an AD7921 two channel, 12-bit, 250 Kiloseconds per Sample ADC. In an arrangement having a 12-bit ADC can generate 4096 voltage counts. The ADC can be configured to interface with the electronic control unit 1102 via a serial peripheral interface port of the electronic control unit 1102. In other embodiments, the electronic control unit 1102 can comprise an on-board ADC that can be used to convert the sensor output signals into digital data counts.
  • With continued reference to FIG. 11, the visible alignment indicators 1106 can comprise one or more lasers, which can be configured to project laser light through the optical component or components 32 described above. For example, the visible alignment indicators 1106 can comprise a forward laser and an aft laser. The laser light can be used to project a point, a plane, and or a cross-hair onto a target or targets, including but not limited to an anatomical feature or landmark, to provide alternative or additional orientation information to a surgeon regarding the orientation of the orientation device 12. For example, laser light can be used to project a plane on a portion of bone to indicate a resection line and a cross-hair laser pattern can be used to ensure alignment along two perpendicular axes. In certain embodiments, the laser light or other type of probe (e.g. a mechanical probe such as an elongate rod) can be used to mark or identify landmarks on the patient's hip area, such as the lesser trochanter and/or iliac spine. In certain embodiments, the laser light or other type of probe can be used to constrain a degree of freedom, such as rotation about a vertical axis, of an instrument relative to anatomy or one instrument relative to another. The probe can be used, for example, to return an instrument to a specific rotational orientation. In certain embodiments, the visible alignment indicators 1106 can be used to determine a distance to an anatomical feature or landmark (for example, a laser distance measurement system). For example, the electronic control unit 1102 can project laser light to a target and a sensor 1104 within the surgical orientation device can sense the laser light reflected back from the target and communicate the information to the electronic control unit. The electronic control unit 1102 can then be configured to determine the distance to the target. The lasers can be controlled by the electronic control unit 1102 via pulse width modulation (“PWM”) outputs. In certain embodiments, the visible alignment indicators 1106 comprise Class 2M lasers. In other embodiments, the visible alignment indicators 1106 comprises other types of lasers or light sources.
  • The power supply 1108 can comprise one or more power sources configured to supply DC power to the electronic system 1100 of the surgical orientation device 12. In certain embodiments, the power supply 1108 comprises one or more rechargeable or replaceable batteries and/or one or more capacitive storage devices (for example, one or more capacitors or ultracapacitors). In other embodiments, power can be supplied by other wired and/or wireless power sources. In preferred arrangements, the power supply 1108 comprises two AA alkaline, lithium, or rechargeable NiMH batteries. The surgical orientation device 12 can also include a DC/DC converter to boost the DC power from the power supply to a fixed, constant DC voltage output (e.g., 3.3 volts) to the electronic control unit 1102. In some embodiments, the DC/DC converter comprises a TPS61201DRC synchronous boost converter available from Texas Instruments. The electronic control unit 1106 can be configured to monitor the battery level if a battery is used for the power supply 1108. Monitoring the battery level can advantageously provide advance notice of power loss. In certain embodiments, the surgical orientation device 12 can comprise a timer configured to cause the surgical orientation device 12 to temporarily power off after a predetermined period of inactivity and/or to permanently power off after a predetermined time-out period.
  • As discussed above, the display 1110 can comprise an LCD or other type screen display. The electronic control unit 1102 communicates with the display via the external memory bus. In certain embodiments, the electronic system 1100 comprises a display controller and/or an LED driver and one or more LEDs to provide backlighting for the display 1110. For example, the display controller can comprise an LCD controller integrated circuit (“IC”) and the LED driver can comprise a FAN5613 LED driver available from Fairchild Semiconductor International, Inc. The electronic control unit 1102 can be configured to control the LED driver via a pulse width modulation port to control the brightness of the LED display. For example, the LED driver can drive four LEDs spaced around the display screen to provide adequate backlighting to enhance visibility. The display can be configured to display one or more on-screen graphics. The on-screen graphics can comprise graphical user interface (“GUI”) images or icons. The GUI images can include instructive images, such as illustrated surgical procedure steps, or visual indicators of the orientation information received from the sensor(s) 1104. For example, the display can be configured to display degrees and either a positive or negative sign to indicate direction of rotation from a reference plane and/or a bubble level indicator to aid a user in maintaining a particular orientation. The display can also be configured to display alphanumeric text, symbols, and/or arrows. For example, the display can indicate whether a laser is on or off and/or include an arrow to a user input button with instructions related to the result of pressing a particular button.
  • With continued reference to FIG. 11, the user input device(s) 1114 can comprise buttons, switches, a touchscreen display, a keyboard, a joystick, a scroll wheel, a trackball, a remote control, a microphone, and the like. The user input devices 1114 can allow the user to enter data, make selections, input instructions or commands to the surgical orientation device 12, verify a position of the surgical orientation device 12, turn the visible alignment indicators 1106 on and off, and/or turn the entire surgical orientation device 12 on and off. The other user output devices 1116 (i.e. other than the display 1110) can comprise an audio output, such as a speaker, a buzzer, an alarm, or the like. For example, the audio output can provide a warning to the user when a particular condition occurs. The output devices 1116 can also comprise a visible output, such as one or more LED status or notification lights (for example, to indicate low battery level, an error condition, etc.). The audio output can comprise different patterns, tones, cadences, durations, and/or frequencies to signify different conditions or events. In other embodiments, output from the electronic control unit 1102 can be sent to external display devices, data storage devices, servers, and/or other computing devices (e.g., via a wireless network communication link).
  • The I/O ports 1118 of the electronic control unit 1102 can comprise a JTAG port and one or more serial communication ports. The JTAG port can be used to debug software installed on the electronic control unit 1102 during testing and manufacturing phases. The JTAG port can be configured such that it is not externally accessible post-manufacture. The serial communication ports can include a Universal Serial Bus (“USB”) port and/or one or more universal asynchronous receiver/transmitters (“UART”) ports. At least one of the UART ports can be accessible externally post-manufacture. The external UART port can be an infrared (“IR”) serial port in communication with an infrared (“IR”) transceiver. The IR serial port can be used to update the software installed on the electronic control unit 1102 post-manufacture and/or to test the operation of the electronic control unit 1102 by outputting data from the electronic control unit 1102 to an external computing device via an external wireless connection. Other types of I/O ports are also possible.
  • As described above, the sensor(s) 1104 can comprise one or more accelerometers. Accelerometers can measure the static acceleration of gravity in one or more axes to measure changes in tilt orientation. For example, a three-axis accelerometer can measure the static acceleration due to gravity along three orthogonal axes, as illustrated in FIG. 12A. A two-axis accelerometer can measure the static acceleration due to gravity along two orthogonal axes (for example, the x and y axes of FIG. 12A). The output signals of an accelerometer can comprise analog voltage signals. The output voltage signals for each axis can fluctuate based on the fluctuation in static acceleration as the accelerometer changes its orientation with respect to the gravitational force vector. In certain embodiments, an accelerometer experiences static acceleration in the range from −1 g to +1 g through 180 degrees of tilt (with −1 g corresponding to a −90 degree tilt, 0 g corresponding to a zero degree tilt, and +1 g corresponding to a +90 degree tilt. The acceleration along each axis can be independent of the acceleration along the other axis or axes.
  • FIG. 12B illustrates a measured acceleration along each of the three axes of a three-axis accelerometer in six different orientation positions. TOP and BOTTOM labels, as well as a circle indicating Pin 1 of the accelerometer, have been included to aid in determining the various orientations. A gravitational force reference vector is illustrated as pointing straight down toward the Earth's surface. At positions A and B, the x-axis and the y-axis of the accelerometer are perpendicular to the force of gravity and the z-axis of the accelerometer is parallel to the force of gravity; therefore, the x and y acceleration components of static acceleration due to gravity at positions A and B are 0 g and the z component of static acceleration due to gravity at positions A and B is +1 g and −1 g, respectively. At positions C and E, the x-axis and the z-axis of the accelerometer are perpendicular to the force of gravity and the y-axis is parallel to the force of gravity; therefore, the x and z acceleration components of static acceleration due to gravity at positions C and E are 0 g and the y component of static acceleration due to gravity at positions C and E is +1 g and −1 g, respectively. At positions D and F, the y-axis and z-axis are perpendicular to the force of gravity and the x-axis is parallel to the force of gravity; therefore, the y and z acceleration components of static acceleration due to gravity at positions D and F are 0 g and the x component of static acceleration due to gravity at positions D and F is +1 g and −1 g, respectively. A dual-axis accelerometer operates in the same manner but without the z component. In certain arrangements, a three-axis accelerometer can be used as a tiltmeter to measure changes in orientation about two axes.
  • Multi-axis accelerometers can be conceptualized as having a separate accelerometer sensor for each of its axes of measurement, with each sensor responding to changes in static acceleration in one plane. In certain embodiments, each accelerometer sensor is most responsive to changes in tilt (i.e., operates with maximum or optimum accuracy and/or resolution) when its sensitive axis is substantially perpendicular to the force of gravity (i.e., when the longitudinal plane of the accelerometer sensor is parallel to the force of gravity) and least responsive when the sensitive axis is parallel to the force of gravity (i.e., when the longitudinal plane of the accelerometer sensor is perpendicular to the force of gravity). FIG. 12C illustrates the output of the accelerometer in g's as it tilts from −90 degrees to +90 degrees. As shown, the tilt sensitivity diminishes between −90 degrees and −45 degrees and between +45 degrees and +90 degrees (as shown by the decrease in slope). This resolution problem at the outer ranges of tilt motion makes the measurements much less accurate for tilt measurements over 45 degrees. In certain embodiments, when the mounting angle of the surgical orientation device 12 is known, the sensor(s) 1104 can be mounted to be offset at an angle such that the accelerometer sensors can operate in their more accurate, steeper slope regions. For example, for use during the knee surgery preparation procedures described herein, the sensor(s) 1104 can be mounted at approximately a 22-degree angle relative to the anterior-posterior axis of the surgical orientation device 12 to account for a predetermined range of motion of the surgical orientation device 12 about the flexion/extension axis during the procedures. It should be appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art that the accelerometer can be mounted at acute angles other than approximately 22 degrees. In other arrangements, the sensor(s) 1104 can be mounted to be offset to account for a predetermined range of motion about other axes of rotation as well. In yet other arrangements, for example, when a three-axis accelerometer is used, the accelerometer sensor(s) can be mounted in parallel with the anterior-posterior axis of the surgical orientation device 12. In one three-axis accelerometer arrangement, a handoff system can be incorporated to ensure that the accelerometer sensors with the most accurate reading (e.g., <45 degrees) are being used at each orientation position. The handoff system can employ hysteresis to avoid “bouncing” phenomena during the handoffs between the accelerometer sensors.
  • FIG. 12D illustrates the inside of the surgical orientation device 12 according to at least one embodiment. The surgical orientation device 12 can comprise one or more circuit boards and/or other circuitry capable of installation within the surgical orientation device 12. As illustrated, the surgical orientation device 12 can comprise a sensor board 46A and a main board 46B. The components of the sensor module (including the sensor(s) 1104) can be mounted on the sensor board 46A and the other components of the electrical system 1100 are mounted on the main board 46B. The sensor board 46A can comprise one or more sensors 50 (e.g., sensor(s) 1104 as described above). In alternative embodiments, the sensor board 46A and the main board 46B can be combined into a single circuit board. The sensor board 46A and the main board 46B can comprise rigid or flexible circuit boards. The sensor board 46A and the main board 46B can be fixedly or removably coupled to the outer housing 20.
  • As illustrated, the sensor board 46A is mounted at an approximately 22-degree angle relative to a plane extending longitudinally through the housing 30, which can be parallel to or correspond to an anterior-posterior axis of the main board 46B. As described above, mounting the sensor board 46A at an offset angle can enable the one or more sensors to operate in the regions of maximum or optimum sensitivity, accuracy and/or resolution. The particular mounting offset angle can be selected based on a range of motion of the surgical orientation device 12 during a particular orthopedic procedure. As shown in FIG. 12D, the surgical orientation device 12 can include two AA batteries 38 as the power supply 1110 for providing power to the surgical orientation device 12. The surgical orientation device 12 also can include lasers 42 as the visible alignment indicators 1106 described above.
  • FIG. 12E is a high-level flowchart of an exemplary conversion process for converting an analog voltage output signal of a multi-axis accelerometer into an angle degree measurement for presentation on the display 34. Although the steps are described as being implemented with hardware and/or software, each of the steps illustrated in FIG. 12E can be implemented using hardware and/or software. It should be appreciated that a similar conversion process can be performed for any other type of sensor or for multiple separate sensors without departing from the spirit and/or scope of the disclosure.
  • For each axis of rotation measured (e.g., pitch and roll), the multi-axis accelerometer can continuously output an analog voltage signal. At Block 1205, the signal conditioning circuitry of the sensor module can filter the analog output voltage signal (e.g., with a low pass filter) to remove noise from the signal that may be present due to the high sensitivity of the multi-axis accelerometer. At Block 1210, the signal conditioning circuitry amplifies, or boosts, the output voltage signal, for example, via the gain circuitry described above.
  • At Block 1215, the ADC can convert the continuous analog voltage signal into a discrete digital sequence of data samples, or voltage counts. In certain embodiments, the ADC can sample the analog voltage signal once every two milliseconds; however, other sampling rates are possible. In certain embodiments, the analog voltage signal is oversampled. At Block 1220, the electronic control unit 1102 can generate a stable data point to be converted to an angle measurement. The electronic control unit 1102 can apply a median filter to the sampled data to eliminate outliers (e.g., spikes) in the data. For example, the electronic unit 1102 can use an 11-sample median filter to generate the middle value from the last 11 samples taken. The output of the median filter can then be fed into a rolling average filter (for example, a 128 sample rolling average filter). The rolling average filter can be used to smoothe or stabilize the data that is actually converted to an angle measurement. The electronic control unit 1102 can implement Blocks 1215 and 1220 using a finite impulse response (“FIR”) or an infinite impulse response (“IIR”) filter implemented in a software module.
  • At Block 1225, the electronic control unit 1102 can convert the voltage count data to an angle measurement in degrees. In performing the conversion, the electronic control unit 1102 can be configured to apply a calibration conversion algorithm based on a calibration routine performed during a testing phase prior to sale of the surgical orientation device 12. The calibration conversion can be configured to account for unit-to-unit variations in components and sensor placement. The calibration routine can be performed for each axis being monitored by the multi-axis accelerometer. The calibration conversion can comprise removing any mechanical or electrical offsets and applying an appropriate gain calibration for a positive or negative tilt.
  • As described above, the ADC can comprise an ADC with 12-bit resolution, which provides 4096 distinct voltage counts, wherein a −90 degree tilt corresponds to 0 counts (−2048 signed counts), a zero degree tilt corresponds to 2048 counts (0 signed counts), and a +90 degree tilt corresponds to 4096 counts (+2048 signed counts). The tilt angle for each axis (e.g., pitch and roll) of the multi-axis accelerometer can be calculated from the voltage count data based on standard trigonometric relationships as the arcsin of the acceleration component in each particular axis. In arrangements in which the electronic control unit 1102 applies the calibration conversion, the tilt angle for each axis can be calculated as follows:
  • ANGLE = a sin [ ( SignedADC Counts + OFFSET ) × GAIN 2048 ] , ( 12.1 )
  • where OFFSET corresponds with a zero offset of the surgical orientation device 12 determined during the calibration routine and GAIN corresponds with a ratiometric value determined during the calibration routine, with one GAIN value being used for negative tilt angles and a different GAIN value being used for positive tilt angles.
  • Also at Block 1225, in arrangements where a dual-axis accelerometer is used, the electronic control unit 1102 can be configured to adjust the pitch angle (x axis) calculation to account for the mounting offset angle (described above) of the dual-axis accelerometer relative to the outer housing 20 of the surgical orientation device 20. The result of Block 1225 is an absolute angle for each axis of rotation (e.g., pitch, roll) being monitored by the dual-axis accelerometer. The absolute pitch and roll angles can be used to calculate orientation measurements of the surgical orientation device 12.
  • Orientation measurements for the surgical orientation device 12 can be determined based on a wide variety of reference frames in conjunction with any of a variety of surgical procedures.
  • In certain embodiments, calculations can be performed by software modules executed by the electronic control unit 1102. In other embodiments, the electronic control unit 1102 can generate measurements using data stored in one or more look-up tables (“LUT”s). In other embodiments, other calculations can be derived based on the type of sensor or sensors used, the procedure being performed, and/or the reference frame being employed. Specific calculations in accordance with other procedures are described, for example, in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/509,388, filed Jul. 24, 2009, the contents of which are incorporated in their entirety by reference herein.
  • In certain embodiments, the electronic control unit 1102 can perform a stabilization routine, process, or algorithm to assess or determine the stability, or reliability, of the calculated angle measurements. For example, the electronic control unit 1102 can keep a history of the last 100 ms of calibrated sample data for each axis being monitored by the sensor(s) 40. Each time a new sample is added to the 100-sample history, a maximum and minimum value is determined for the 100-sample data set. The electronic control unit 1102 can then determine a delta difference between the maximum and minimum values. The electronic control unit 1102 can then compare the delta difference between the maximum and minimum values to a threshold. If the delta difference is lower than the threshold, then the data is considered to be stable and it is stored in memory (e.g., external memory 1112) and time-stamped. If the delta difference is greater than the threshold, then the data is considered to be unstable. When retrieving an angle reading to display to the user, the electronic control unit 1102 can be configured to transmit the last stable data reading (assuming it is not too old) to the display 1110 instead of the current unstable reading. If the last stable angle exceeds a time threshold, the unstable angle reading can be displayed along with a visual indication notifying the user that the angle reading is unstable. For example, a red “shaky hand” icon or graphical user interface image can be displayed on the display screen.
  • B. Orthopedic System for Measuring Distances in a Joint
  • With reference to FIGS. 3A and 3B, a orthopedic system 110 can be used to measure distances in a joint. These distances can be measured between, for example, a reference (e.g. reference post 14) and an anatomical landmark (e.g. a predetermined landmark such as the lesser trochanter). The distances can be measured both before a procedure as well as after a procedure to determine whether the procedure has been successful. The orthopedic system 110 can comprise the surgical orientation device 12 described above, the reference post 14 described above (including, for example, sensor 15), a measuring device 112 and a marking device 118.
  • 1. Device For Measuring Distances in a Joint
  • With continued reference to FIGS. 3A and 3B, the measuring device 112 can comprise a structure or structures (e.g. an elongate structure) which facilitate measurement of a distance between the fixed reference post 14 and an anatomical reference or references. The measuring device 112 can comprise an angle assessment guide. The measuring device 112 can be releasably coupled to the reference post 14. For example, the measuring device 112 can comprise a coupling device 113 or other structure which connects the measuring device 112 to the proximal end 30 of the reference post 14′. The measuring device 112 can include a marking or markings 114 along at least one side or portion. The markings 114 can provide the user with visual evidence of the distance between the fixed reference post 14 and the marking device 118.
  • The measuring device 112 can further include a hinge 115. The hinge 115 can allow the measuring device 112, or a portion of the measuring device 112, to be pivotably rotated relative to the reference post 14. In some embodiments, the measuring device 12 and marking device 118 can be both pivotably rotated about the hinge 115, as well as rotated about the coupling device 113. For example, the hinge 115 and coupling device 113 can allow for rotational movement of the marking device 118 in both a first plane, as well as a second plane orthogonal to the first plane. Thus, the measuring device 18 can be moved in at least two degrees of rotational freedom.
  • In some embodiments, the marking device 118 can comprise a laser device. For example, a laser can be emitted from a marking device 118 and/or measuring device 112. The laser can contact and/or reference an anatomical location, and such location can be used to obtain a measurement or measurements as described herein.
  • The measuring device 112 can further comprise an attachment structure 116. The attachment structure 116 can releasably attach the surgical orientation device 12 to the measuring device 112. The attachment structure 116 can comprise a coupling device or devices that allows the surgical orientation device 12 and/or marking device 118 to move relative to the measuring device 112. For example, in a preferred arrangement, when the reference post 14 is fixed into the patient's bony anatomy, the surgical orientation device 12 and marking device 118 can slide longitudinally along a length of the measuring device 112, thereby changing the relative distance between the reference post 14 and the marking device 118. The attachment device 116 can further allow the marking device 118 to be moved generally through a range of elevations so as to bring the marking device closer to or in contact with an anatomical landmark. As described above, the surgical orientation device 12 can be configured to detect translational changes. Thus, both the markings 114 and surgical orientation device itself can facilitate an accurate measurement of a distance between the proximal end 30 of reference post 14 and the marking device 118.
  • 2. Device For Marking An Anatomical Landmark
  • With continued reference to FIG. 3B, the marking device 118 can comprise a pin or other structure which can be used to physically pinpoint and/or contact an anatomical landmark. For example, and as described further herein, an end 120 of the marking device 118 can be brought into contact with and/or placed adjacent the lesser trochanter, and the location on the lesser trochanter can be marked with an ink or some other marking agent, such as for example a methylene blue marker. The marking device 118 can be releasably coupled to the surgical orientation device 12, such that any movement of the surgical orientation device 12 causes identical movement of the marking device 118. The marking device 118 can visually indicate a position of an anatomical landmark during a procedure. In certain embodiments, the marking device 118 can be a laser which projects a point of light down onto the anatomy without making physical contact or impairing access to or visualization of the joint space. In certain embodiments a fan-style laser can be incorporated into the system to be substantially in alignment with the measuring device 112. The laser can be used as an aid to align an axis of the measuring device 112 (e.g. the “leg length” axis) with an axis of the leg by orienting the measuring device 112 such that the laser line passes through the center of the knee, ankle or other appropriate landmark.
  • C. Orthopedic System For Determining an Orientation of a Plane in a Patient's Anatomy
  • With reference to FIG. 4, an orthopedic system 210 can be used to determine the orientation of an anatomical plane in the human anatomy, such as for example an anatomical plane defined by a landmark or landmarks along the acetabular rim in a patient's pelvic area. The orthopedic system 210 can comprise the surgical orientation device 12 described above, and an anatomical contact device 214.
  • 1. Anatomical Contact Device for Contacting a Landmark or Landmarks
  • With continued reference to FIG. 4, the anatomical contact device 214 can comprise a hand-held and/or portable orthopedic device which comprises at least one component that contacts at least one anatomical landmark on the patient's anatomy. For example, the anatomical contact device 214 can comprise an alignment handle 216 which is releasably coupled to the surgical orientation device 12. The alignment handle 216 can comprise a proximal end 217 with a handle, a distal end 219, and an elongate member 221 extending therebetween. The alignment handle 216 can be gripped by a user's hand and moved, such that the handle 216 and surgical orientation device 12 generally move together.
  • The anatomical contact device 214 can further comprise an anatomical contact component 218. The anatomical contact component 218 can comprise an acetabular landmark contacting device, and can be releasably coupled to the alignment handle 216, or can be integrally formed with the alignment handle 216. In a preferred arrangement, the component 218 can comprise a tripod-like structure, with three arms 220 extending radially outwardly from a center portion 222 of the component 218. Each of the three arms 220 can be spaced radially equally from one another at 120 degrees, although other arrangements are also possible, as are other numbers of arms 220. Each of the arms 220 can further be angled such that no one plane contains any two of the arms 220. Each of the arms 220 can comprise a tip 224. As described further herein, the tips 224 can be used to contact landmarks on the acetabular rim of the patient.
  • D. Orthopedic System For Preparing an Acetabular Surface
  • With reference to FIG. 5, an orthopedic system 310 can be used to prepare a portion of a patient's anatomy, such as for example an acetabular socket area in a patient's pelvis. The orthopedic system 310 can be used, for example, to ream at a specified angle or orientation relative to a reference and/or anatomical landmark. The orthopedic system 310 can comprise the surgical orientation device 12 described above, a protective mounting device 312, and a surface preparation tool 314.
  • 1. Stationary Mount for the Surgical Orientation Device
  • With continued reference to FIG. 5, the mounting device 312 can comprise a structure which releasably attaches to the surgical orientation device 12 and allows the surgical orientation device 12 to generally remain still while reaming takes place. For example, the protective mounting device 312 can comprise an elongate tubular structure and/or bearing which permits relative rotational movement of a structure within its inner surfaces. The protective mounting device 312 can be made of plastic, metal, or other suitable material. The mounting device 312 can comprise lubricant applied to its inner surfaces, and/or can comprise a bearing or bearings which inhibit the mounting device 312 from rotating when reaming is taking place.
  • 2. Acetabular Surface Preparation Device
  • With continued reference to FIG. 5, the surface preparation tool 314 can comprise a device which can prepare a portion of a patient's anatomy. For example, the surface preparation tool 314 can ream out a portion of a patient's acetabular socket. The surface preparation tool 314 can comprise a reamer handle 316. The reamer handle 316, or a portion of the reamer handle 316, can extend through the mounting device 312, and at least a portion of the reamer handle 316 can rotate relative to the mounting device 312 while at least a portion of the surface preparation tool 314 is rotating. In some embodiments, the reamer handle 316 can comprise a proximal end 317 that comprises a handle, a distal end 319, and a rotatable shaft portion 321 extending therebetween, the rotatable shaft portion 321 being rotatably coupled with the proximal end 317.
  • The surface preparation tool 314 can further comprise a surface preparation device 318. The surface preparation device 318 can be releasably coupled or integrally formed with the reamer handle 316, and can comprise a cutting tool or element which digs into and reams out bony matter and/or tissue in the patient's anatomy. For example, the surface preparation device 318 can comprise a generally spherical-shaped cutting tool which is configured to ream out an acetabular socket.
  • E. Orthopedic System For Orienting a Prosthetic Hip Component
  • With reference to FIG. 6, a orthopedic system 410 can be used to orient a prosthetic component, such as for example a prosthetic acetabular cup. The orthopedic system 410 can be used to orient the prosthetic component at a specified angle or orientation relative to a reference and/or anatomical landmark. The orthopedic system 410 can comprise, for example, the surgical orientation device 12 described above, a guide device 412, and a prosthetic component 414 (e.g. prosthetic acetabular cup).
  • 1. Device for Guiding a Prosthetic Component
  • With continued reference to FIG. 6, the guide device 412 can comprise a proximal end 416, a distal end 418, and an elongate portion 419 extending therebetween. The proximal end 416 can comprise a handle that can be gripped by a user. The elongate portion 419 can comprise an elongate rod or structure which can be releasably coupled to the surgical orientation device 12, such that the guide device 412 and surgical orientation device 12 generally move together.
  • The distal end 418 can comprise a implant contacting structure which releasably couples the guide device 412 to the prosthetic component 414. While coupled, the prosthetic component 414 can move with the guide device 412. Once oriented, the prosthetic component 414 can be released from the guide device 412.
  • 2. Prosthetic Component for Insertion in the Patient's Anatomy
  • The prosthetic component 414 can comprise any of a number of commonly available prosthetics, including but not limited to prosthetic acetabular cups. The acetabular cup size can vary depending upon the patient. The prosthetic component 414 can be sized and shaped so as to fit into the area reamed out by orthopedic system 310.
  • III. Hip Preparation Methods
  • A number of different hip preparation methods are discussed below. These methods can be used in conjunction with the systems described above, and are useful for modifying the natural hip joint to enable the hip joint to have a prosthetic component or components, such components including but not limited to a prosthetic acetabular cup.
  • A. Pre-Operative Planning
  • Prior to any hip procedure, a surgeon or other medical personnel can create templates of a patient's anatomy, and use these templates to determine ideal post-procedure conditions within the patient's anatomy. For example, in a hip replacement procedure, the surgeon can first obtain x-ray images of the patient's pelvis. Based on the images, the surgeon can look at a diseased side of the hip, as well as the healthy side, and determine goals for joint offset and leg length.
  • FIG. 29A illustrates a joint offset prior to incising the capsule joint in the hip. As illustrated in FIG. 29A, joint offset (represented for example by the arrows labeled “OS”) generally represents a medial/lateral component of the distance between two landmarks, one of which is generally fixed. For example, during a hip replacement procedure utilizing one or more of the systems described above, the reference post 14 can remain fixed. Thus, joint offset can be represented by a distance “OS” between the fixed reference post 14 and a specified landmark “A” on the femur, taken in a generally medial/lateral direction.
  • Similarly, leg length can be represented by the arrows “LL” in FIG. 29A. With reference again to FIG. 29A, the leg length “LL” can be the component of the distance between the fixed reference post 14 and the specified landmark “A” on the femur, taken in a generally proximal/distal direction perpendicular to that of the medial/lateral direction.
  • When viewing the pre-operative x-rays, the surgeon can get an idea of what changes in joint offset and leg length will be necessary on the diseased side of the hip to bring the hip into symmetry (e.g. both sides of the hip having the same leg length and joint offset). If both sides of the hip are not brought into symmetry, the joint offset on the diseased side of the hip can cause wear and deterioration of the surrounding ligaments.
  • B. Establishing a Reference for Hip Replacement Using an Orthopedic System
  • With reference to FIG. 13, the orthopedic system 10 described above can be used to establish a reference in the patient's anatomy. The reference can be established prior to incising a joint capsule in the hip. For example, once the hip anatomy has been exposed by pulling back surrounding tissue, the reference post 14 can be driven into a specified landmark on the patient's anatomy. In one embodiment, such landmark remains immobile throughout the rest of a hip replacement procedure. Thus, a landmark such as the iliac spine can be used, although other landmarks are also possible. For example, in some embodiments, as discussed in greater detail below, the reference post 14 can be driven into a portion the femur, or other parts of the human anatomy. In some embodiments, the reference post 14 can be clamped and/or otherwise anchored to a portion of the femur, and the pelvis can be referenced relative to the femur.
  • Once a landmark is chosen, the surgeon can use a slap hammer or other device to pound the impactor 16 and drive the reference post 14 into the patient's anatomy as desired, until the reference post 14 is firmly in place. If the reference post 14 has a sensor 15 on or embedded within or otherwise coupled to the reference post 14, the sensor 15 can be at least partially within the bony mass of the pelvis (or other bony area), or can still be exterior of the anatomy after insertion of the reference post 14. In some embodiments, the reference post 14 can comprise a retractor. For example, with the surrounding tissue pulled back, the reference post 14 can be configured as an anchor or as a retractor to at least partially hold back the tissue that would normally be disposed above or around the surgical site.
  • With reference to FIGS. 2A and 13, prior to the hip replacement procedure, and prior to driving the reference post 14 into the iliac spine, the surgical orientation device 12 can be registered in a position parallel to the operating table and floor. For example, data about the orientation of the surgical orientation device 12 can be obtained through the sensor or sensors 50 in the surgical orientation device 12 while the surgical orientation device is held parallel to the operating table.
  • Once the surgical orientation device 12 is registered, and the reference post 14 has been driven into the iliac spine, the pelvis can be adjusted and moved relative to a fixed reference frame. Because the angle a described above and shown in FIG. 2A can remain fixed relative to the reference post 14, movement of the system 10 and surgical orientation device 12 can be monitored. For example, in some embodiments the surgical orientation device 12 can be positioned at a known angle, such as an acute angle (e.g. 45 degrees), relative to a medial-lateral plane of the pelvic bone. In some embodiments, the surgical orientation device 12 can be positioned at about 45 degrees relative to a longitudinal axis of the reference post 14. In some embodiments, the hip (with the reference post 14 inserted) can be adjusted until the surgical orientation device 12 indicates an angle 90°-α, at which point the reference post 14 is positioned generally perpendicular to the floor, and the patient's pelvis is positioned generally parallel to the floor. Such positioning of the pelvis can be helpful, for example, in proper positioning of the prosthetic component 414 described above. In some embodiments, the reference post 14 can be driven vertically into the iliac spine while the patient is in a supine position. A probe, such as for example a laser or mechanical rod, can be used to align the surgical orientation device 12 with an axis of the leg to establish a reference rotation about a vertical axis and a direction for leg length measurement(s).
  • As described above, the reference post 14 can contain a sensor or sensors 15 that evaluate the orientation (e.g. position or angle) of the pelvis or other bony area. For example, once the pelvis has been positioned generally parallel to the operating table and floor, the sensor or sensors 15 can be zeroed and/or registered by the surgical orientation device 12 or other device. In a preferred arrangement, the sensor 15 can communicate with the surgical orientation device 12, giving the surgical orientation device 12 information about the orientation of the iliac spine and/or pelvis. If the pelvis moves during the hip procedure, the surgical orientation device 12 can account for such movement since it has information about such movement from sensor 15. Furthermore, the surgical orientation device 12 can additionally obtain information about the spatial location of the reference post 14 based on the sensor or sensors 15, and can use that information to obtain and record measurements of distance between the reference post 14 and surgical orientation device 12. In some embodiments, the sensor 15 can comprise a satellite sensor which communicates with the surgical orientation device 12, and is separately read by the surgical orientation device 12. In some embodiments, the surgical orientation device 12 and reference post 14 can each comprise a sensor or sensors. In some embodiments the surgical orientation device 12 can be configured to only receive information from the sensor 15, and does not itself have an orientation sensor. Furthermore, in some embodiments, more than one sensor can be used. For example, the systems described herein can comprise two or more sensors 15 located on the pelvis, greater trochanter, and/or other anatomical landmarks.
  • In one embodiment, a first satellite sensor is the sensor 15 coupled with the reference post 14, a second satellite sensor is coupled with another surgical device, and both satellite sensors provide sensor data to a variation of the surgical orientation device 12. Where two satellite sensors are provided, one can be coupled with a first bone adjacent to a joint and a second can be coupled with a second bone adjacent to a joint. With two satellite sensors, the position, orientation, or movement of these bones and the joint to which they are adjacent can be monitored.
  • With the reference post 14 thus positioned, the impactor 16, angle assessment guide 18, and surgical orientation device 12 can be removed, leaving only the reference post 14 behind. The reference post 14 can then serve as a reference as described above, and can be used as an anchoring point for attachment of the orthopedic system 110.
  • FIGS. 13A and 13B show a technique in which the reference post 14 can be coupled with the patient's anatomy without being attached to any bony structure. Rather, as shown in these figures, a fixture 510 is provided for indirectly coupling the reference post 14 to the patient's anatomy. Although shown as providing for indirect coupling with a femur, the fixture 510 can be configured for attachment to other anatomy such that the reference post 14 does not need to be directly connected to bony structure. This arrangement is useful where the clinician prefers not to disrupt the bony structure, such as where the bony structure is delicate or would be unduly weakened by such interaction.
  • In one embodiment, the fixture 510 includes a bone engagement portion 514 that is configured to engage the bone in a static manner. For example, the bone engagement portion 514 can comprise a clamping structure that generates sufficient normal force to provide secure frictional engagement with the femur or other anatomy. In some embodiments, the clamping structure is spring loaded or includes a ratchet design to allow for quick attachment with sufficient force for immobilizing the fixture 510.
  • The fixture 510 preferably also is configured to securely receive the reference post 14. For example, a mounting structure 518 can be coupled with the bone engagement portion 514 and disposed laterally. The bone engagement portion 514 provides a surface area into which the reference post 14 can be driven using a slap hammer or other device for transmitting a force to the distal end of the reference post 14. For example, the impactor 16 can be coupled with the reference post 14, as described herein, prior to driving the distal end of the reference post 14 into the mounting structure 518. In other techniques, the distal end of the reference post 14 can be coupled with the mounting structure 518 by clamping or other techniques that do not require applying a driving force, as with a slap hammer.
  • In the technique of FIGS. 13A, 13B, and 14A, the other orthopedic systems described herein can be used during further aspects of procedures. For example, the angle assessment guide 18 can be used with the surgical orientation device 12 in applying the reference post 14. This technique can be used in placing the reference post 14 when the femur is positioned parallel to a surgical table. In some techniques, the femur is placed such that it is disposed generally perpendicular to the direction of gravity prior to placement of the reference post 14, as shown in FIG. 13B.
  • FIG. 14A illustrates that after the reference post 14 has been placed, the measuring device 112 can be used to acquire information about the location of one or more anatomical landmarks. For example, the measuring device 112 can be used to locate a probe (e.g., a laser or mechanical probe or rod) above a landmark on the hip while the reference post 14 is coupled with the femur. In particular, the measuring device 112 can be coupled with the reference post to provide for multiple degrees of freedom. For example, the measuring device 112 can be pivoted about a longitudinal axis of the reference post 14. In some embodiments, the measuring device 112 is also tiltable about a second axis that is disposed generally perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the reference post 14, as described in connection with FIGS. 3A and 3B. Such tilting may facilitate engagement with a wide variety of anatomical landmarks on the hip by the marking device 118.
  • C. Measuring Joint Distances Using an Orthopedic system
  • With reference to FIGS. 3A-B and 14, prior to incising the joint capsule, the orthopedic system 110 can be used to measure at least one distance in the hip joint area. For example, the attachment structure 116 of the measuring device 112 can be releasably coupled to the surgical orientation device 12, and the measuring device 112 can be coupled to the fixed reference post 14. The measuring device 112 can be aligned with the axis of the leg so that measuring device 112 measures the leg-length component. The user can slide surgical orientation device 12 and/or marking device 118 along the measuring device 112 until the end 120 of the marking device 118 is contacting a selected location or locations on the femur (e.g., the superior aspect of the lesser trochanter), which location can then be marked with a suitable biocompatible marker or other marking agent. The surgical orientation device 12, in a linear measurement mode, can then be zeroed, and can record a distance between the fixed reference post 14 and the anatomical landmark or landmarks. In a preferred arrangement, the measurement of distance between the reference post 14 and marked location on the anatomical landmark can be obtained via communication between the surgical orientation device 12 and the sensor 15 in reference post 14. The marking or markings 114 can provide an additional indication, of the measured distance.
  • The surgical orientation device 12 can have two linear measurement components, one which responds to leg length and one which responds to offset. While the lesser trochanter is described in terms of an anatomical landmark, a different anatomical landmark or landmarks can be used instead, including but not limited to the greater trochanter. In another embodiment, a satellite tiltmeter can be attached to the femur on a location such as the greater trochanter which allows the angle of the femur to be zeroed and later reproduced when these measurements are repeated at the trial reduction phase. This can eliminate small errors in leg-length and offset which can be caused movement of the femur. If attached to the greater trochanter, this could be designed so that it is not in the way during the procedure.
  • The distance between the reference post 14 and the superior aspect of the lesser trochanter can be correlated, or related to, anatomical distances such as leg length and joint offset as described above. For example, and as described above, such distance can be assessed by the medical provider in a pre-operative x-ray assessment. With reference to again to FIG. 29A, end points of lines connecting the references points described above can roughly correspond to a hypotenuse indicative of an anatomical distance, such that zeroing the surgical orientation device 12 can result in the surgical orientation device registering this first anatomical distance or distances as a reference distance(s). As used herein “zeroing” is not limited by setting the SOD display to read “0”, but also includes, for example, recording a position in three dimensional space relative to a selected reference frame.
  • D. Determining the Orientation of an Anatomical Plane Using an Orthopedic System
  • With reference to FIGS. 15-18, once the orthopedic system 110 has been used to measure a first reference distance or distances, the components of the system 110 other than the reference post 14 can be removed. The joint capsule can then be incised, and the proximal femur can be removed. Once the proximal femur is removed, osteophytes surrounding the acetabular rim of the patient can also be removed according to known procedures.
  • With reference to FIGS. 4 and 19, the orthopedic system 210 can be used to determine the orientation of an anatomical plane in the patient. For example, once the joint capsule has been incised and osteophytes have been removed, the alignment handle 216 can be releasably coupled to the surgical orientation device 12. The alignment handle 216 can then be gripped by the surgeon, and the anatomical contact component 218 can be moved into contact with the acetabular rim. For example, the tripod-like structure with arms 220, as shown in FIGS. 4 and 19, can be placed against the acetabular rim, and the tips 224 of the contact component 218 can contact three landmarks on the acetabular rim. These three landmarks can be determined by the surgeon or other user. Once three landmarks have been contacted, the contact component 218 can be referencing a plane extending across the acetabular rim. At this point, the surgeon can register the orientation of this plane with the surgical orientation device 12. In some embodiments, a planar laser can project a line onto the pelvis of the patient. The surgeon can make a mark somewhere on this line which can be referenced in later steps. This can serve the purpose of establishing a reference rotational position of the orthopedic system about a vertical line. If rotation about a vertical axis is not constrained in some form, then there can be an infinite number of orientations that satisfy a tiltmeter reading, since their locus can form a cone. Also, the surgical orientation device 12 can incorporate the orientation of the reference pin 14 in its calculations so that the surgical orientation device 12 can compensate for any subsequent movement of the pelvis.
  • In some embodiments, and as described herein, the surgical orientation device 12 can include a light indicator, such as a laser or lasers. The lasers can be emitted from optical components 42 of the surgical orientation device. Thus, in some embodiments of the orthopedic system 110, the surgical orientation device, or other component, can emit a laser or lasers towards a landmark or landmarks in order to obtain an orientation of the acetabular rim. For example, the lasers can be emitted from the surgical orientation device such that they pinpoint an area or areas along the acetabular rim, and provide an indication to the surgical orientation device 12 of the orientation of a plane extending across the rim. In other embodiments, different landmarks can be used.
  • E. Preparing a Portion of the Patient's Anatomy Using an Orthopedic system
  • With reference to FIGS. 5 and 20, the orthopedic system 310 can be used to prepare a portion of the patient's anatomy. For example, the orthopedic system 310 can be used to ream out an acetabular socket at a defined angle and/or orientation.
  • Once the orthopedic system 210 has established a reference plane, such as for example the plane defined by the three reference landmarks on the acetabular rim, the reamer 318 can be moved into the area bounded by the acetabular rim. The surgeon can hold the reamer handle 316, and the reamer 318 and/or a portion or portions of the reamer handle 316 can spin and rotate. As the reamer 318 spins and digs into the bony area in the acetabulum, the surgical orientation device 12 can remain generally still while coupled to the mounting device 312. The surgeon can use the surgical orientation device 12 to monitor the orientation of the reamer 318. Thus, the surgeon can ream at a defined angle relative to the aforementioned reference plane, with the surgical orientation device 12 providing an indication or indications on its display as to whether the reamer 318 is reaming perpendicular to such plane, or at an some angle relative to the plane. In some embodiments, the surgeon can choose an appropriate angle based on pre-operative templates and/or a desired range of angles and movement for the implant 414.
  • F. Orienting a Prosthetic Component Using an Orthopedic System
  • With reference to FIGS. 6 and 21, the orthopedic system 410 can be used to orient a prosthetic component, such as for example a prosthetic acetabular cup. For example, the orthopedic system 410 can be used to orient a prosthetic component 414.
  • Once the orthopedic system 310 has been used to ream out an acetabular socket, the orthopedic system 410 can be assembled. For example, the surgical orientation device 12 can be releasably coupled to the handle 416, and a prosthetic component 414 can be releasably coupled to the handle 416. The surgeon can then hold onto the handle 416 and move the prosthetic component 414 (e.g. prosthetic acetabular cup) towards the reamed out acetabular socket. The surgical orientation device 12 can be used to monitor the orientation of the prosthetic component 414 as it is moved and adjusted within the acetabulum. One can use a laser line (or other probe, such as for example a mechanical probe) to illuminate or otherwise reference a mark made earlier to control the rotation of the surgical orientation device 12 about a vertical axis. One can also use the orientation of the reference post 14 to compensate for movement of the pelvis. Once the prosthetic component 414 is positioned as desired (e.g. based on a pre-operative determination), the handle 416 and surgical orientation device 12 can be removed.
  • In some embodiments, the orthopedic system 210 can then be used again to assess the orientation of the prosthetic component, as illustrated in FIG. 22. The anatomical contact component 218 can be placed against the prosthetic component 414, and the surgical orientation device 12 can indicate whether the prosthetic component 414 is oriented in the same plane as that previously registered by the surgical orientation device, or whether there is some angular offset or offsets. For example, the surgical orientation device 12 can indicate the prosthetic component 414 is tilted at a five degree angle in one frame of reference relative to the orientation of the reference plane previously registered by the surgical orientation device and orthopedic system 210. As described above, such an offset may be advantageous or desired, depending on how the surgeon wishes to orient the prosthetic. The system 210 can allow the prosthetic component 414 to be aligned with the rim of the acetabulum as described above, or relative to the plane of the pelvis, whichever is preferred. In the latter case it can be unnecessary to register the rim of the acetabulum.
  • G. Measuring Joint Distances Again Using an Orthopedic system
  • With reference to FIGS. 24-27, once a prosthetic component 414 has been positioned, joint distance(s) can be measured again. For example, once the prosthetic acetabular cup has been positioned, a femoral canal can be formed, and a prosthetic femoral broach and head can be coupled to the femur. Once the broach and head are coupled, the hip joint can be reduced and put back in place, with the prosthetic femoral head resting inside the prosthetic cup (e.g. prosthetic component 414).
  • With reference to FIG. 28, once the hip joint is reduced, the orthopedic system 110 can again be used to measure a distance from the fixed reference post 14 to an anatomical landmark (e.g. the same marked location on the superior aspect of the lesser trochanter).
  • With reference to FIG. 29B, this second reading can be compared with the first reading (e.g. the reading shown in FIG. 29A). Thus, a measurement or measurements can be taken both prior to joint capsule incision and after joint reduction to determine whether there has been any change in joint offset “OS” and leg length “LL” in the patient's anatomy. If the measurements are satisfactory for the surgeon, the prosthetic implant can be left in. If not, the surgeon can remove the implant 414 and/or adjust the implant 414 using one or more of the systems described above, until desired measurements are obtained. In some embodiments the surgical orientation device 12 can be programmed with a database of geometries of prosthetic components. The surgeon can input the configuration of components used in trial reduction plus his goals for adjusting offset and leg-length. The surgical orientation device 12 can then perform calculations based on three-dimensional geometry to determine a combination of components which should achieve his goals and recommend them to the surgeon. This can take much of the trial and error out of the process.
  • IV. Additional Sensors for Relative Movement
  • While the embodiments of the orthopedic systems and methods described above are described as having and using a sensor or sensors 50 located within the surgical orientation device 12, in some embodiments the orthopedic systems or other systems used for joint replacement can include an additional sensor or sensors 50 or 15. For example, and as described above, the reference post 14 can include a sensor 15. These additional sensors can be located on other surgical components and/or anatomical landmarks. U.S. Pat. No. 7,559,931 discloses examples of sensors on multiple surgical components and/or anatomical landmarks, and is herein expressly incorporated by reference in its entirety. In some embodiments, the orthopedic systems can include an additional sensor or sensors on the femur, hip, or other anatomical locations. The additional sensor can include a microcontroller and/or communication device (e.g. infrared or other wireless technology (e.g. Bluetooth™)) which can relay information from the additional sensor to the electronic control unit 1102 of the surgical orientation device 12. This additional sensor or sensors can detect changes in movement of the patient's anatomy during an orthopedic procedure, so as to verify whether the patient's anatomy has moved or changed position during the procedure. In some embodiments, the sensor or sensors described herein (e.g. sensor 15) can be part of a variable capacitance system similar to that used in digital calipers.
  • The electronic control unit 1102 can be configured to receive the information from this additional sensor or sensors, and/or the sensor's communications device, and combine that information with information from the sensor or sensors 50 located within the surgical orientation device 12 to calculate an overall, or aggregate, movement and orientation of the surgical orientation device 12 relative to, for example, an axial line or plane. The electronic control unit 1102 can correct for changes in position of the surgical orientation device 12.
  • Additionally, the additional sensor or sensors can be located in a device. The device can be constructed such that the device is autoclavable and reusable, and can allow insertion and removal of a disposable battery. The additional sensor or sensors can be incorporated with any of the systems and/or methods described herein, and can be placed on any of the components of the systems described herein.
  • V. User Interfaces
  • The systems and methods described above can each incorporate the use of a measuring device, such as for example the surgical orientation device 12. As described above, the surgical orientation device 12 can comprise at least one user input, a display and an electronic control unit. The user inputs and display, and/or the combination of the inputs, display, and electronic control unit can together form part of an interactive user interface. For example, the interactive user interface can comprise a housing (e.g., housing 30 described above), a coupling member formed on or within the housing configured to removably couple the user interface to an orthopedic device (e.g., handle 416), a sensor (e.g., sensor 50 described above), an electronic control unit (e.g., electronic control unit 1102 described above), a user input (e.g., user input 36 described above, which can transmit input commands to the electronic control unit), and a display (e.g., display 34 described above).
  • The interactive user interface can comprise a graphical user interface having an interactive window displaying on-screen graphics. For example, the interactive user interface can provide the user with a plurality of screen displays. The screen displays can illustrate the steps to be performed in a surgical procedure and can guide the user through the performance of the steps. Each screen display can comprise one or more on-screen graphics. The on-screen graphics can comprise one or more visual cues or indicators to prompt the user as to what step or steps to take next during one of the procedural methods described above. The visual cues referenced herein can comprise instructive images, diagrams, pictoral representations, icons, animations, visual cues, charts, numerical readings, measurements, textual instructions, warnings (visual and/or audible), or other data. The interactive user interface can be configured to alter attributes (e.g., color) of the on-screen graphics according to one or more data protocols. The interactive user interface can provide visual feedback to the user during performance of one or more surgical procedures. In certain embodiments, the interactive user interface can be configured to generate graphical user interface (“GUI”) images to be displayed to the user. As described above, the user can interact with the surgical orientation device 12 via one or more user input devices 1114 (e.g., buttons, switches, touchscreen displays, scroll wheel, track ball, keyboard, remote controls, a microphone in conjunction with speech recognition software). The interactive user interface further can allow the user to confirm that a step has been completed (for example, by pressing a user input button). The interactive user interface can allow the user to enter data (e.g., a numerical value, such as a distance, an angle, and/or the like), verify a position of the surgical orientation device 12, turn a visible alignment indication system on and off, and/or turn the entire surgical orientation device on and off. In certain embodiments, the interactive user interface provides one or more drop-down lists or menus from which a user can make selections. For example, the user can make selections from a drop-down list using a scroll wheel, trackball, and/or a series of button presses. In some embodiments, the user interface provides a drop-down list of predicates that dynamically updates based on user input.
  • In at least one embodiment, a module for creating an interactive user interface can comprise a computer readable medium having computer readable program code embodied therein. The computer readable program code can comprise a computer readable program code configured to display one or more of a plurality of GUI images on a user interface of a surgical orientation device, the GUI images comprising instructive images related to the performance of a surgical procedure. The computer readable program code can be configured to receive instructions from a user identifying the surgical procedure to be performed (e.g., which joint and/or right or left). The computer readable program code can be configured to show the user steps to be performed in the identified process for the identified surgical procedure. The computer readable program code can be configured to guide the user in performance of the steps. For example, the computer readable program code can be configured to receive from the user an instruction to continue to the next step in the procedure, to receive orientation data from a sensor mounted within the surgical orientation device, and to display the orientation data on the user interface of the surgical orientation device.
  • In at least one embodiment, the surgical orientation device 12 described above can comprise a display module configured to display information and a sensor module configured to monitor the orientation of the surgical orientation device 12 in a three-dimensional coordinate reference system, and to generate orientation data corresponding to the monitored orientation of the surgical orientation device. The surgical orientation device 12 can further comprise a control module configured to receive the orientation data from the sensor module and convert it to objective signals for presentation on the display module, the control module also configured to display a set of GUI images or other on-screen graphics on the display module, the GUI images or on-screen graphics representing the orientation data received from the sensor module and also representing instructive images related to the performance of the joint replacement surgery.
  • In at least one embodiment, the surgical orientation device 12 can receive orientation data from a sensor module, receive input commands from a user input module to store orientation data from a user input module, convert the orientation data to a human readable format for presentation on a display device, and display on the display device on-screen graphics or GUI images for communicating information to a user based on the input commands and the orientation data, the information comprising instructive images for performing a joint replacement surgery and one or more visual indicators of a current orientation of the display device with respect to a fiducial, or reference, orientation.
  • In at least one embodiment, the surgical orientation device 12 described herein can comprise a sensor module coupled to an alignment jig and configured to measure and record a fiducial orientation and to continuously collect orientation data of the surgical orientation device, a display module configured to display at least one visual indicator of the orientation of the surgical orientation device with respect to the fiducial, or reference, orientation, the display module further configured to display instructive images of one or more steps to be performed by the surgeon during the joint replacement surgery, and a control module configured to receive the orientation data and to convert the orientation data to objective signals for presentation on the display module.
  • FIG. 30A-W show various screen shots which can form part of the interactive user interface or interfaces described above. The screen shots can be seen, for example, on a display of the surgical orientation device 12.
  • As shown in FIG. 30A, an interface screen can illuminate requesting the user to press a user input, e.g., a center button on the surgical orientation device 12. Thereafter, a message can be displayed indicating to the user that the surgical orientation device 12 is preparing for operation. The message can be a display of text on a screen, as illustrated in FIG. 30A, an audible sound, or other signal to the user to wait for the device to confirm a proper operational state. For example, a variety of self-tests can be performed. In one embodiment, information about the operating system, such as its version, can be displayed for review.
  • FIG. 30B shows a user interface screen which indicates that a range of potential cup size templates are available. For example, the user interface screen can indicate a “52” size.
  • FIG. 30C shows a user interface screen requesting the user to scroll through template options. For example, the user can press a side toggle button to scroll through cup size template options.
  • FIG. 30D shows a user interface screen in which a user has selected a “48” size cup implant. The selection can be made by pressing a middle button below the display screen on the surgical orientation device 12. This selection of cup size can be based on a user's pre-operative assessment of a patient.
  • FIGS. 30E-G show user interface screens similar to those of FIGS. 30B-D, in which a user can scroll through and select an appropriate stem size template.
  • FIG. 30H shows a user interface screen providing input to a user to attach the surgical orientation device 12 to the angle assessment guide 18. The user can press a user input (e.g. an enter button) on the surgical orientation device 12 to indicate completion of this step.
  • FIG. 30I shows a user interface screen providing input to a user to attach the reference post 14 to the impactor 16. The user can press a user input (e.g. an enter button) on the surgical orientation device 12 to indicate completion of this step.
  • FIG. 30J shows a user interface screen providing information on the orientation of the system 10 to guide the user in proper orientation while the reference post 14 is impacted into patient.
  • FIG. 30K shows a user interface screen providing instructions to a user to attach the surgical orientation device 12 to the system 110. The user can press a user input (e.g. an enter button) to indicate completion of this step.
  • FIG. 30L shows a user interface screen providing instructions to a user to attach the marking device 118 to the system 110. The user can press a user input (e.g. an enter button) to indicate completion of this step.
  • FIG. 30M shows a user interface screen providing instructions to establish the position of the marking device 118 in system 110, with the marking device 118 referencing an anatomical landmark determined by the user. Once the user has contacted the anatomical landmark, the user can press a button (e.g. an enter button) to record an orientation of the system 110 with respect to that landmark.
  • FIG. 30N shows a user interface screen providing instructions to a user to prepare the acetabulum for cup implantation. The user can press a user input (e.g. an enter button) to indicate completion of this step.
  • FIG. 30O shows a user interface screen providing instructions to a user to attach the surgical orientation device 12 to the system 210. The user can press a user input (e.g. an enter button) to indicate completion of this step.
  • FIG. 30P shows a user interface screen providing instructions to a user to assess a plane of the acetabulum. The user can press a user input (e.g. an enter button) to indicate completion of this step.
  • FIG. 30Q shows a user interface screen providing instructions to a user to ream the acetabulum using system 310, as well as providing feedback to the user on the orientation of the reamer (with the surgical orientation device 12 attached) so that user can use the reamer in accordance with the plane established by acetabular lip assessment guide. The user can press a user input (e.g. an enter button) to indicate completion of this step.
  • FIG. 30R shows a user interface screen providing instructions to a user to position a prosthetic cup 414 in the acetabulum. The user can press a user input (e.g. an enter button) to indicate completion of this step.
  • FIG. 30S shows a user interface screen providing instructions to a user to impact the prosthetic cup into the acetabulum using the system 410, as well as providing feedback to the user on the orientation of the prosthetic cup (with the surgical orientation device 12 attached) so that the user can impact the cup in accordance with the plane established by the system 210. The user can press a user input (e.g. an enter button) to indicate completion of this step.
  • FIG. 30T shows a user interface screen providing instructions to the user to fit a trial hip implant. The user can press a user input (e.g. an enter button) to indicate completion of this step.
  • FIGS. 30U, 30V show a user interface screen providing instructions to the user to assess the orientation of the system 110 with respect to the anatomical landmark that was previously assessed by the marking device 118 on the system 110. The user can measure the distance again from the reference post 14 to the landmark measure previously.
  • FIG. 30W shows a user interface screen displaying leg length and joint off-set changes based on orientation changes of jigging system from initial assessment of anatomical landmark in FIG. 13 and final assessment in FIG. 22.
  • Although these inventions have been disclosed in the context of certain preferred embodiments and examples, it will be understood by those skilled in the art that the present inventions extend beyond the specifically disclosed embodiments to other alternative embodiments and/or uses of the inventions and obvious modifications and equivalents thereof. In addition, while several variations of the inventions have been shown and described in detail, other modifications, which are within the scope of these inventions, will be readily apparent to those of skill in the art based upon this disclosure. It is also contemplated that various combinations or sub-combinations of the specific features and aspects of the embodiments can be made and still fall within the scope of the inventions. It should be understood that various features and aspects of the disclosed embodiments can be combined with or substituted for one another in order to form varying modes of the disclosed inventions. Thus, it is intended that the scope of at least some of the present inventions herein disclosed should not be limited by the particular disclosed embodiments described above.

Claims (30)

1. A method for preparing a patient's hip for receiving an implant, comprising:
providing a first orthopedic system comprising a reference post comprising an orientation sensor, an impactor coupled with the reference post, a first angle assessment guide, and a portable surgical orientation device attached to the angle assessment guide;
attaching the reference post to a hip bone of the patient;
measuring and recording a reference distance from the reference post to an anatomical landmark using the portable surgical orientation device;
removing the angle assessment guide, impactor, and portable surgical orientation device from the reference post;
providing a second orthopedic system comprising an alignment guide, a second angle assessment guide attached to the alignment guide, and the portable surgical orientation device attached to the alignment guide;
measuring an orientation of an anatomical plane using the second angle assessment guide;
orienting an implant relative to the anatomical plane and inserting the implant into the acetabulum using the second orthopedic system;
attaching a femoral broach to the patient's femur, the femoral broach including a head;
positioning the head in the implant;
providing the first orthopedic system a second time; and
measuring changes in the reference distance.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein the first angle assessment guide is attached to the impactor at a defined angle relative to the impactor.
3. The method of claim 2, wherein the defined angle is approximately 45 degrees.
4. The method of claim 2, further comprising orienting the hip and joint assessment system using positional data from the portable surgical orientation device prior to measuring and recording the reference distance;
5. The method of claim 1, wherein attaching the joint assessment system comprises driving the reference post into the iliac spine on the patient's hip.
6. The method of claim 1, wherein the angle assessment guide comprises a cross-member, and wherein the portable surgical orientation device is coupled to the cross-member.
7. The method of claim 1, wherein measuring and recording the reference distance comprises touching a pin on the angle assessment guide to the anatomical landmark and marking the locations using a marker device.
8. The method of claim 1, wherein the anatomical landmark comprises at least one of the lesser trochanter and the greater trochanter.
9. The method of claim 1, wherein the second angle assessment guide is a tripod device.
10. The method of claim 9 wherein the tripod device contacts the acetabular rim to identify a plane of the acetabular rim.
11. The method of claim 10, wherein the implant is a prosthetic acetabular cup, and orienting the implant comprises attaching the prosthetic acetabular cup to the alignment guide and using the portable surgical orientation device to identify an orientation of the prosthetic acetabular cup.
12. The method of claim 1, wherein the portable surgical orientation device comprises at least one sensor for sensing positional changes of the surgical orientation device.
13. A method for preparing a patient's hip for receiving an implant, comprising:
attaching a first orthopedic system to the patient's hip with a reference device, the first orthopedic system comprising a portable surgical orientation device;
measuring and recording a reference distance from the reference device to an anatomical landmark using the portable surgical orientation device;
measuring an orientation of an anatomical plane on the patient's hip using a second orthopedic system, the second orthopedic system comprising the portable surgical orientation device;
orienting an implant relative to the anatomical plane using the second orthopedic system;
inserting the implant into the acetabulum;
inserting a prosthetic femoral head into the implant; and
measuring changes in the reference distance using the first orthopedic system.
14. A method for positioning a patient in a hip procedure, comprising:
advancing a reference device into a patient's pelvic bone;
coupling a surgical orientation device with the reference device such that the orientation device is not moveable relative to the pelvic bone;
measuring at least one of the position or orientation of at least a portion of the patient's hip joint using the surgical orientation device; and
moving the patient's hip joint to selected position the patient relative to a fixed reference frame based on the measurement on the surgical orientation device.
15. The method of claim 14, wherein advancing further comprises advancing the reference device into the iliac spine.
16. The method of claim 14, further comprising positioning the surgical orientation device to be at about 45 degrees to a longitudinal axis of the reference device.
17. The method of claim 14, further comprising positioning the surgical orientation device to be at an acute angle to a medial-lateral plane of the pelvic bone.
18. The method of claim 14, further comprising positioning the surgical orientation device to be at about 45 degrees to a medial-lateral plane of the pelvic bone.
19. A method for assessing relative position of portions of a hip joint, comprising coupling a surgical orientation device to a first bone of a patient's hip at a first location with a reference device;
measuring a reference distance from the reference device to an anatomical landmark of a second bone using the surgical orientation device;
performing a hip procedure; and
after performing the hip procedure, confirming the position of the anatomical landmark relative to the first location.
20. The method of claim 19, wherein coupling the surgical device comprises advancing the reference device into the iliac spine.
21. The method of claim 20, wherein the anatomical landmarks includes one or more of the greater trochanter and the lesser trochanter.
22. The method of claim 19, further comprising:
coupling a first end of an elongate member with a proximal end of the reference device; and
moving a second end of the elongate member that is opposite the first end to a location above the anatomical landmark.
23. A method of placing an acetabular implant, comprising:
providing an orientation apparatus comprising an elongate member having a handle disposed at a proximal end, an angle assessment device disposed at a distal end, and a surgical orientation device;
advancing the angle assessment device into contact with an anatomical landmark of the acetabulum while measuring orientation of the landmark;
preparing the acetabulum for receiving the acetabular implant;
placing the acetabular implant within the acetabulum; and
advancing the angle assessment device into contact with the acetabular implant to confirm the orientation of the implant.
24. The method of claims 23, wherein the anatomical landmark comprises a plane including the rim of the acetabulum.
25. The method of claim 23, wherein the angle assessment device is a tripod device.
26. The method of claim 23, wherein the anatomical landmark comprises a plurality of spaced apart locations on the acetabular rim.
27. The method of claim 23, wherein the angle assessment device is a tripod device and confirming the orientation of the implant includes contacting the tripod device with a plurality of spaced apart locations on the acetabular implant.
28. The method of claim 23, wherein placing the acetabular implant includes advancing the implant into the acetabulum while monitoring the orientation thereof using the surgical orientation device.
29. A method of preparing an acetabular surface for receiving an acetabular implant, comprising:
providing a handle, a shaft rotatably coupled with the handle, a reamer coupled a distal end of the shaft, and an orientation device coupled in a fixed position relative to the handle;
providing contact between the reamer and an acetabular surface while rotating the shaft and reamer to remove bone within the acetabulum; and
measuring the orientation of the reamer while providing contact between the reamer and an acetabular surface.
30. The method of claim 29, wherein a sleeve is disposed about the shaft and coupled therewith to remain in a fixed relation ship relative to the shaft when the shaft is rotated, the orientation device being coupled with the sleeve.
US12/625,445 2008-09-10 2009-11-24 Hip surgery systems and methods Abandoned US20100076505A1 (en)

Priority Applications (7)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US12/625,445 US20100076505A1 (en) 2008-09-10 2009-11-24 Hip surgery systems and methods
US13/444,142 US8974468B2 (en) 2008-09-10 2012-04-11 Hip surgery systems and methods
US14/639,784 US9931059B2 (en) 2008-09-10 2015-03-05 Hip surgery systems and methods
US15/899,790 US10321852B2 (en) 2008-09-10 2018-02-20 Hip surgery systems and methods
US16/402,614 US11179062B2 (en) 2008-09-10 2019-05-03 Hip surgery systems and methods
US17/529,683 US11540746B2 (en) 2008-09-10 2021-11-18 Hip surgery systems and methods
US18/148,008 US20230135541A1 (en) 2008-09-10 2022-12-29 Hip surgery systems and methods

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US19160308P 2008-09-10 2008-09-10
US22666809P 2009-07-17 2009-07-17
US12/557,051 US20100137871A1 (en) 2008-09-10 2009-09-10 Hip surgery systems and methods
US12/625,445 US20100076505A1 (en) 2008-09-10 2009-11-24 Hip surgery systems and methods

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/557,051 Continuation US20100137871A1 (en) 2008-09-10 2009-09-10 Hip surgery systems and methods

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/444,142 Continuation US8974468B2 (en) 2008-09-10 2012-04-11 Hip surgery systems and methods

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20100076505A1 true US20100076505A1 (en) 2010-03-25

Family

ID=42005472

Family Applications (8)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/557,051 Abandoned US20100137871A1 (en) 2008-09-10 2009-09-10 Hip surgery systems and methods
US12/625,445 Abandoned US20100076505A1 (en) 2008-09-10 2009-11-24 Hip surgery systems and methods
US13/444,142 Active 2029-12-05 US8974468B2 (en) 2008-09-10 2012-04-11 Hip surgery systems and methods
US14/639,784 Active 2031-01-06 US9931059B2 (en) 2008-09-10 2015-03-05 Hip surgery systems and methods
US15/899,790 Active US10321852B2 (en) 2008-09-10 2018-02-20 Hip surgery systems and methods
US16/402,614 Active 2030-06-26 US11179062B2 (en) 2008-09-10 2019-05-03 Hip surgery systems and methods
US17/529,683 Active US11540746B2 (en) 2008-09-10 2021-11-18 Hip surgery systems and methods
US18/148,008 Pending US20230135541A1 (en) 2008-09-10 2022-12-29 Hip surgery systems and methods

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/557,051 Abandoned US20100137871A1 (en) 2008-09-10 2009-09-10 Hip surgery systems and methods

Family Applications After (6)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/444,142 Active 2029-12-05 US8974468B2 (en) 2008-09-10 2012-04-11 Hip surgery systems and methods
US14/639,784 Active 2031-01-06 US9931059B2 (en) 2008-09-10 2015-03-05 Hip surgery systems and methods
US15/899,790 Active US10321852B2 (en) 2008-09-10 2018-02-20 Hip surgery systems and methods
US16/402,614 Active 2030-06-26 US11179062B2 (en) 2008-09-10 2019-05-03 Hip surgery systems and methods
US17/529,683 Active US11540746B2 (en) 2008-09-10 2021-11-18 Hip surgery systems and methods
US18/148,008 Pending US20230135541A1 (en) 2008-09-10 2022-12-29 Hip surgery systems and methods

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (8) US20100137871A1 (en)
EP (1) EP2358310B1 (en)
AU (1) AU2009291743B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2736525C (en)
ES (1) ES2750264T3 (en)
WO (1) WO2010030809A1 (en)

Cited By (174)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050021044A1 (en) * 2003-06-09 2005-01-27 Vitruvian Orthopaedics, Llc Surgical orientation device and method
US20100016705A1 (en) * 2003-06-09 2010-01-21 Orthalign, Inc Surgical orientation system and method
US20100063508A1 (en) * 2008-07-24 2010-03-11 OrthAlign, Inc. Systems and methods for joint replacement
US20100145337A1 (en) * 2007-02-28 2010-06-10 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Instrumented orthopaedic implant for identifying a landmark
US20100204955A1 (en) * 2005-11-28 2010-08-12 Martin Roche Method and system for positional measurement using ultrasonic sensing
US20100249777A1 (en) * 2009-03-31 2010-09-30 Sherman Jason T Device and method for determining forces of a patient's joint
US20100249660A1 (en) * 2009-03-31 2010-09-30 Sherman Jason T System and method for displaying joint force data
US20100249657A1 (en) * 2009-03-24 2010-09-30 Biomet Manufacturing Corp. Method and Apparatus for Aligning and Securing an Implant Relative to a Patient
US20100249659A1 (en) * 2009-03-31 2010-09-30 Sherman Jason T Device and method for displaying joint force data
US20100249796A1 (en) * 2009-03-24 2010-09-30 Biomet Manufacturing Corp. Method and Apparatus for Aligning and Securing an Implant Relative to a Patient
US20100274256A1 (en) * 2009-04-27 2010-10-28 Smith & Nephew, Inc. System and Method for Identifying a Landmark
US20100274121A1 (en) * 2009-04-27 2010-10-28 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Targeting an orthopaedic implant landmark
US20110160572A1 (en) * 2009-12-31 2011-06-30 Orthosensor Disposable wand and sensor for orthopedic alignment
US20110208037A1 (en) * 2008-02-28 2011-08-25 Smith & Nephew, Inc. System and method for identifying a landmark
US20110208093A1 (en) * 2010-01-21 2011-08-25 OrthAlign, Inc. Systems and methods for joint replacement
US20110218543A1 (en) * 2009-07-24 2011-09-08 OrthAlign, Inc. Systems and methods for joint replacement
US8070752B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2011-12-06 Biomet Manufacturing Corp. Patient specific alignment guide and inter-operative adjustment
US8092465B2 (en) 2006-06-09 2012-01-10 Biomet Manufacturing Corp. Patient specific knee alignment guide and associated method
US20120022406A1 (en) * 2008-12-02 2012-01-26 Andre Novomir Hladio Method and system for aligning a prosthesis during surgery using active sensors
US8133234B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2012-03-13 Biomet Manufacturing Corp. Patient specific acetabular guide and method
US8170641B2 (en) 2009-02-20 2012-05-01 Biomet Manufacturing Corp. Method of imaging an extremity of a patient
US8197489B2 (en) 2008-06-27 2012-06-12 Depuy Products, Inc. Knee ligament balancer
US20120157887A1 (en) * 2010-12-17 2012-06-21 Richard Tyler Fanson Method and system for aligning a prosthesis during surgery
US8241293B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2012-08-14 Biomet Manufacturing Corp. Patient specific high tibia osteotomy
US8265949B2 (en) 2007-09-27 2012-09-11 Depuy Products, Inc. Customized patient surgical plan
US20120245647A1 (en) * 2009-11-17 2012-09-27 Manuela Kunz Patient-Specific Guide for Acetabular Cup Placement
US8282646B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2012-10-09 Biomet Manufacturing Corp. Patient specific knee alignment guide and associated method
US8298237B2 (en) 2006-06-09 2012-10-30 Biomet Manufacturing Corp. Patient-specific alignment guide for multiple incisions
US8343159B2 (en) 2007-09-30 2013-01-01 Depuy Products, Inc. Orthopaedic bone saw and method of use thereof
US8357111B2 (en) 2007-09-30 2013-01-22 Depuy Products, Inc. Method and system for designing patient-specific orthopaedic surgical instruments
US8377066B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2013-02-19 Biomet Manufacturing Corp. Patient-specific elbow guides and associated methods
US20130053904A1 (en) * 2011-08-29 2013-02-28 Brad L. Penenberg Precise femoral component positioning for hip replacement surgery
US8407067B2 (en) 2007-04-17 2013-03-26 Biomet Manufacturing Corp. Method and apparatus for manufacturing an implant
US8421642B1 (en) 2006-08-24 2013-04-16 Navisense System and method for sensorized user interface
WO2012173890A3 (en) * 2011-06-16 2013-04-18 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Surgical alignment using references
US8473305B2 (en) 2007-04-17 2013-06-25 Biomet Manufacturing Corp. Method and apparatus for manufacturing an implant
US8486150B2 (en) 2007-04-17 2013-07-16 Biomet Manufacturing Corp. Patient-modified implant
US8494805B2 (en) 2005-11-28 2013-07-23 Orthosensor Method and system for assessing orthopedic alignment using tracking sensors
US8532807B2 (en) 2011-06-06 2013-09-10 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Pre-operative planning and manufacturing method for orthopedic procedure
US8535387B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2013-09-17 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific tools and implants
US20130261633A1 (en) * 2012-03-28 2013-10-03 Robert L. Thornberry Computer-guided system for orienting a prosthetic acetabular cup in the acetabulum during total hip replacement surgery
US8551023B2 (en) 2009-03-31 2013-10-08 Depuy (Ireland) Device and method for determining force of a knee joint
US8568487B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2013-10-29 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific hip joint devices
US8591516B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2013-11-26 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific orthopedic instruments
US8597365B2 (en) 2011-08-04 2013-12-03 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific pelvic implants for acetabular reconstruction
US8603180B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2013-12-10 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific acetabular alignment guides
US8608748B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2013-12-17 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient specific guides
US8608749B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2013-12-17 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific acetabular guides and associated instruments
US8632547B2 (en) 2010-02-26 2014-01-21 Biomet Sports Medicine, Llc Patient-specific osteotomy devices and methods
WO2013164770A3 (en) * 2012-05-02 2014-01-23 Stryker Global Technology Center Handheld tracking systems and devices for aligning implant systems during surgery
US8638296B1 (en) 2006-09-05 2014-01-28 Jason McIntosh Method and machine for navigation system calibration
US8668700B2 (en) 2011-04-29 2014-03-11 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific convertible guides
US8715289B2 (en) 2011-04-15 2014-05-06 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific numerically controlled instrument
US8721568B2 (en) 2009-03-31 2014-05-13 Depuy (Ireland) Method for performing an orthopaedic surgical procedure
US8764760B2 (en) 2011-07-01 2014-07-01 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific bone-cutting guidance instruments and methods
US8784425B2 (en) 2007-02-28 2014-07-22 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Systems and methods for identifying landmarks on orthopedic implants
US20140277526A1 (en) * 2013-03-18 2014-09-18 Orthosensor Inc Kinetic assessment and alignment of the muscular-skeletal system and method therefor
US20140303631A1 (en) * 2013-04-05 2014-10-09 Thornberry Technologies, LLC Method and apparatus for determining the orientation and/or position of an object during a medical procedure
US8858561B2 (en) 2006-06-09 2014-10-14 Blomet Manufacturing, LLC Patient-specific alignment guide
US8864769B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2014-10-21 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Alignment guides with patient-specific anchoring elements
US8890511B2 (en) 2011-01-25 2014-11-18 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Targeting operation sites
US8956364B2 (en) 2011-04-29 2015-02-17 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific partial knee guides and other instruments
US8961526B2 (en) 2010-11-23 2015-02-24 University Of Massachusetts System and method for orienting orthopedic implants
US8974468B2 (en) 2008-09-10 2015-03-10 OrthAlign, Inc. Hip surgery systems and methods
US20150133945A1 (en) * 2012-05-02 2015-05-14 Stryker Global Technology Center Handheld tracking system and devices for aligning implant systems during surgery
US20150142372A1 (en) * 2013-11-19 2015-05-21 Polaris Surgical, LLC Prosthetic placement tool and associated methods
US9060788B2 (en) 2012-12-11 2015-06-23 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific acetabular guide for anterior approach
US9066734B2 (en) 2011-08-31 2015-06-30 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific sacroiliac guides and associated methods
US9066727B2 (en) 2010-03-04 2015-06-30 Materialise Nv Patient-specific computed tomography guides
US9084618B2 (en) 2011-06-13 2015-07-21 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Drill guides for confirming alignment of patient-specific alignment guides
US9113971B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2015-08-25 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Femoral acetabular impingement guide
US20150289890A1 (en) * 2012-05-14 2015-10-15 Hong Chen Method and system for acquiring attitude of acetabulum and femoral head in real time during hip joint replacement procedure
US20150289992A1 (en) * 2012-10-22 2015-10-15 Uti Limited Partnership Apparatus and method for positioning of acetabular components during hip arthroplasty procedures
US9161717B2 (en) 2011-09-23 2015-10-20 Orthosensor Inc. Orthopedic insert measuring system having a sealed cavity
US9173661B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2015-11-03 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient specific alignment guide with cutting surface and laser indicator
WO2015168415A1 (en) * 2014-04-30 2015-11-05 Zimmer, Inc. Acetabular cup impacting using patient-specific instrumentation
US9189083B2 (en) 2008-03-18 2015-11-17 Orthosensor Inc. Method and system for media presentation during operative workflow
US9204977B2 (en) 2012-12-11 2015-12-08 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific acetabular guide for anterior approach
US9226694B2 (en) 2009-06-30 2016-01-05 Orthosensor Inc Small form factor medical sensor structure and method therefor
US9237950B2 (en) 2012-02-02 2016-01-19 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Implant with patient-specific porous structure
US9241745B2 (en) 2011-03-07 2016-01-26 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific femoral version guide
US9247998B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-02-02 Intellijoint Surgical Inc. System and method for intra-operative leg position measurement
US9259179B2 (en) 2012-02-27 2016-02-16 Orthosensor Inc. Prosthetic knee joint measurement system including energy harvesting and method therefor
US9271744B2 (en) 2010-09-29 2016-03-01 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific guide for partial acetabular socket replacement
US9271675B2 (en) 2012-02-27 2016-03-01 Orthosensor Inc. Muscular-skeletal joint stability detection and method therefor
US9289253B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2016-03-22 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific shoulder guide
US9289163B2 (en) 2009-06-30 2016-03-22 Orthosensor Inc. Prosthetic component for monitoring synovial fluid and method
US9295497B2 (en) 2011-08-31 2016-03-29 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific sacroiliac and pedicle guides
US9301812B2 (en) 2011-10-27 2016-04-05 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Methods for patient-specific shoulder arthroplasty
US9308002B2 (en) 2002-11-07 2016-04-12 Crescent H Trust Precise hip component positioning for hip replacement surgery
US9314188B2 (en) 2012-04-12 2016-04-19 Intellijoint Surgical Inc. Computer-assisted joint replacement surgery and navigation systems
WO2016070288A1 (en) 2014-11-06 2016-05-12 Orthosoft Inc. Instrument navigation in computer-assisted hip surgery
US9339278B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2016-05-17 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific acetabular guides and associated instruments
US9345492B2 (en) 2009-06-30 2016-05-24 Orthosensor Inc. Shielded capacitor sensor system for medical applications and method
US9345548B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2016-05-24 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific pre-operative planning
US9345449B2 (en) 2009-06-30 2016-05-24 Orthosensor Inc Prosthetic component for monitoring joint health
US9351743B2 (en) 2011-10-27 2016-05-31 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific glenoid guides
US9357964B2 (en) 2009-06-30 2016-06-07 Orthosensor Inc. Hermetically sealed prosthetic component and method therefor
US9381011B2 (en) 2012-03-29 2016-07-05 Depuy (Ireland) Orthopedic surgical instrument for knee surgery
US9386993B2 (en) 2011-09-29 2016-07-12 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific femoroacetabular impingement instruments and methods
US9393028B2 (en) 2009-08-13 2016-07-19 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Device for the resection of bones, method for producing such a device, endoprosthesis suited for this purpose and method for producing such an endoprosthesis
US9402583B2 (en) 2009-06-30 2016-08-02 Orthosensor Inc. Orthopedic screw for measuring a parameter of the muscular-skeletal system
US9408616B2 (en) 2014-05-12 2016-08-09 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Humeral cut guide
WO2016123702A1 (en) * 2015-02-02 2016-08-11 Orthosoft Inc. A method and device for cup implanting using inertial sensors
US9414940B2 (en) 2011-09-23 2016-08-16 Orthosensor Inc. Sensored head for a measurement tool for the muscular-skeletal system
WO2016134168A1 (en) 2015-02-20 2016-08-25 Orithalign, Inc. Hip replacement navigation system and method
US20160249968A1 (en) * 2013-10-14 2016-09-01 Silesco Pty Ltd Alignment apparatus for use in hip arthroplasty
US9451973B2 (en) 2011-10-27 2016-09-27 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient specific glenoid guide
US9462964B2 (en) 2011-09-23 2016-10-11 Orthosensor Inc Small form factor muscular-skeletal parameter measurement system
US9492115B2 (en) 2009-06-30 2016-11-15 Orthosensor Inc. Sensored prosthetic component and method
US9498233B2 (en) 2013-03-13 2016-11-22 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc. Universal acetabular guide and associated hardware
US9517145B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-12-13 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Guide alignment system and method
US9526441B2 (en) 2011-05-06 2016-12-27 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Targeting landmarks of orthopaedic devices
US9539037B2 (en) 2010-06-03 2017-01-10 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Orthopaedic implants
US20170007329A1 (en) * 2015-07-06 2017-01-12 Orthosoft Inc. Leg length and offset calculation in computer-assisted surgery using rangefinder
US9545459B2 (en) 2012-03-31 2017-01-17 Depuy Ireland Unlimited Company Container for surgical instruments and system including same
US9549742B2 (en) 2012-05-18 2017-01-24 OrthAlign, Inc. Devices and methods for knee arthroplasty
US9554910B2 (en) 2011-10-27 2017-01-31 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific glenoid guide and implants
US9561040B2 (en) 2014-06-03 2017-02-07 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific glenoid depth control
US9572682B2 (en) 2011-09-29 2017-02-21 Arthromeda, Inc. System and method for precise prosthesis positioning in hip arthroplasty
US9579107B2 (en) 2013-03-12 2017-02-28 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Multi-point fit for patient specific guide
US9597096B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-03-21 Arthromeda, Inc. Systems and methods for providing alignment in total knee arthroplasty
US9622701B2 (en) 2012-02-27 2017-04-18 Orthosensor Inc Muscular-skeletal joint stability detection and method therefor
US9649160B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2017-05-16 OrthAlign, Inc. Hip replacement navigation system and method
US9675400B2 (en) 2011-04-19 2017-06-13 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific fracture fixation instrumentation and method
US9757051B2 (en) 2012-11-09 2017-09-12 Orthosensor Inc. Muscular-skeletal tracking system and method
US9795399B2 (en) 2006-06-09 2017-10-24 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific knee alignment guide and associated method
US9820868B2 (en) 2015-03-30 2017-11-21 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Method and apparatus for a pin apparatus
US9826994B2 (en) 2014-09-29 2017-11-28 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Adjustable glenoid pin insertion guide
US9826981B2 (en) 2013-03-13 2017-11-28 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Tangential fit of patient-specific guides
US9833245B2 (en) 2014-09-29 2017-12-05 Biomet Sports Medicine, Llc Tibial tubercule osteotomy
US9839438B2 (en) 2013-03-11 2017-12-12 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific glenoid guide with a reusable guide holder
US9839436B2 (en) 2014-06-03 2017-12-12 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific glenoid depth control
US9839374B2 (en) 2011-09-23 2017-12-12 Orthosensor Inc. System and method for vertebral load and location sensing
US9839390B2 (en) 2009-06-30 2017-12-12 Orthosensor Inc. Prosthetic component having a compliant surface
US9844335B2 (en) 2012-02-27 2017-12-19 Orthosensor Inc Measurement device for the muscular-skeletal system having load distribution plates
US9907659B2 (en) 2007-04-17 2018-03-06 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Method and apparatus for manufacturing an implant
JP2018506411A (en) * 2015-02-24 2018-03-08 ポリテフニカ・ウツカ Device for measuring femoral displacement and method for performing orthopedic measurements during a surgical procedure to repair a damaged hip joint
US9918740B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2018-03-20 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Backup surgical instrument system and method
US9937062B2 (en) 2011-09-23 2018-04-10 Orthosensor Inc Device and method for enabling an orthopedic tool for parameter measurement
US9968376B2 (en) 2010-11-29 2018-05-15 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific orthopedic instruments
EP3307189A4 (en) * 2015-07-24 2018-07-04 IZI Medical Products, LLC Dynamic reference frame for surgical navigation system
US10070973B2 (en) 2012-03-31 2018-09-11 Depuy Ireland Unlimited Company Orthopaedic sensor module and system for determining joint forces of a patient's knee joint
US10098761B2 (en) 2012-03-31 2018-10-16 DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. System and method for validating an orthopaedic surgical plan
US10105242B2 (en) 2011-09-07 2018-10-23 Depuy Ireland Unlimited Company Surgical instrument and method
US10172722B2 (en) 2013-12-29 2019-01-08 Kambiz Behzadi Prosthesis installation systems and methods
US10206792B2 (en) 2012-03-31 2019-02-19 Depuy Ireland Unlimited Company Orthopaedic surgical system for determining joint forces of a patients knee joint
US20190070019A1 (en) * 2016-02-24 2019-03-07 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Orthopedic angular measuring instrument
US10226262B2 (en) 2015-06-25 2019-03-12 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific humeral guide designs
US10245162B2 (en) 2013-12-29 2019-04-02 Kambiz Behzadi Prosthesis installation systems and methods
USD844635S1 (en) * 2017-03-13 2019-04-02 Episurf Ip Management Ab Portion of a display screen with a graphical user interface
US10245160B2 (en) 2013-12-29 2019-04-02 Kambiz Behzadi Prosthesis installation systems and methods
US10278711B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2019-05-07 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific femoral guide
US10282488B2 (en) 2014-04-25 2019-05-07 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc HTO guide with optional guided ACL/PCL tunnels
US10456271B2 (en) 2013-12-29 2019-10-29 Kambiz Behzadi Prosthesis revision systems and methods
US10478318B2 (en) 2013-12-29 2019-11-19 Kambiz Behzadi Prosthesis installation systems and methods
US10492798B2 (en) 2011-07-01 2019-12-03 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Backup kit for a patient-specific arthroplasty kit assembly
US10568647B2 (en) 2015-06-25 2020-02-25 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific humeral guide designs
US10603179B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2020-03-31 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific augments
US10610379B2 (en) 2013-12-29 2020-04-07 Kambiz Behzadi Prosthesis installation systems and methods
US10722310B2 (en) 2017-03-13 2020-07-28 Zimmer Biomet CMF and Thoracic, LLC Virtual surgery planning system and method
US10842432B2 (en) 2017-09-14 2020-11-24 Orthosensor Inc. Medial-lateral insert sensing system with common module and method therefor
US10863995B2 (en) 2017-03-14 2020-12-15 OrthAlign, Inc. Soft tissue measurement and balancing systems and methods
US10869771B2 (en) 2009-07-24 2020-12-22 OrthAlign, Inc. Systems and methods for joint replacement
US10918499B2 (en) 2017-03-14 2021-02-16 OrthAlign, Inc. Hip replacement navigation systems and methods
US10952775B1 (en) 2020-12-14 2021-03-23 Prichard Medical, LLC Surgical instrument with orientation sensor having a user identified heading
CN112932667A (en) * 2021-01-27 2021-06-11 南京逸动智能科技有限责任公司 Special positioning scale for three-dimensional image, operation navigation system and positioning method thereof
US11051829B2 (en) 2018-06-26 2021-07-06 DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. Customized patient-specific orthopaedic surgical instrument
CN113558738A (en) * 2021-06-04 2021-10-29 北京达芬奇视界医疗科技发展有限公司 Multifunctional positioning and guiding device for orthopedic surgery
US11179165B2 (en) 2013-10-21 2021-11-23 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Ligament guide registration
US20220022774A1 (en) * 2013-03-18 2022-01-27 Orthosensor Inc. Kinetic assessment and alignment of the muscular-skeletal system and method therefor
US11419618B2 (en) 2011-10-27 2022-08-23 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific glenoid guides
US11628017B1 (en) 2016-10-26 2023-04-18 Prichard Medical, Inc. Surgical instrument with LED lighting and absolute orientation
US11812978B2 (en) 2019-10-15 2023-11-14 Orthosensor Inc. Knee balancing system using patient specific instruments

Families Citing this family (48)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10758283B2 (en) 2016-08-11 2020-09-01 Mighty Oak Medical, Inc. Fixation devices having fenestrations and methods for using the same
US8469962B1 (en) * 2008-12-10 2013-06-25 William C. Head Prosthetic socket alignment
US8454619B1 (en) * 2008-12-10 2013-06-04 William C. Head Prosthetic socket alignment
GB0907650D0 (en) 2009-05-05 2009-07-22 Depuy Int Ltd Alignment guide
US9901405B2 (en) * 2010-03-02 2018-02-27 Orthosoft Inc. MEMS-based method and system for tracking a femoral frame of reference
US9358130B2 (en) 2012-03-29 2016-06-07 DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. Surgical instrument and method of positioning an acetabular prosthetic component
US9295566B2 (en) 2010-05-04 2016-03-29 Depuy International Limited Alignment guide
US20120330319A1 (en) * 2010-05-04 2012-12-27 Depuy International Limited Alignment guide with spirit level
US11039889B2 (en) 2010-06-29 2021-06-22 Mighty Oak Medical, Inc. Patient-matched apparatus and methods for performing surgical procedures
US11806197B2 (en) 2010-06-29 2023-11-07 Mighty Oak Medical, Inc. Patient-matched apparatus for use in spine related surgical procedures and methods for using the same
US11376073B2 (en) 2010-06-29 2022-07-05 Mighty Oak Medical Inc. Patient-matched apparatus and methods for performing surgical procedures
US11633254B2 (en) 2018-06-04 2023-04-25 Mighty Oak Medical, Inc. Patient-matched apparatus for use in augmented reality assisted surgical procedures and methods for using the same
JP2014516256A (en) * 2011-02-08 2014-07-10 ザ ジェネラル ホスピタル コーポレイション Patient positioning system and method
DE102011050240A1 (en) 2011-05-10 2012-11-15 Medizinische Hochschule Hannover Apparatus and method for determining the relative position and orientation of objects
WO2014019086A1 (en) 2012-07-30 2014-02-06 Orthosoft Inc. Pelvic digitizer device with inertial sensor unit and method
US9993305B2 (en) * 2012-08-08 2018-06-12 Ortoma Ab Method and system for computer assisted surgery
US9320603B2 (en) 2012-09-20 2016-04-26 Depuy (Ireland) Surgical instrument system with multiple lengths of broaches sharing a common geometry
US9308102B2 (en) 2013-03-04 2016-04-12 Howmedica Osteonics Corp. Acetabular cup positioning device
US9642560B2 (en) 2013-04-03 2017-05-09 Brainlab Ag Method and device for determining the orientation of a co-ordinate system of an anatomical object in a global co-ordinate system
JP6635515B2 (en) * 2013-06-11 2020-01-29 オーソソフト アンリミティド ライアビリティ コーポレイション Acetabular cup prosthesis positioning instrument and method
EP3107454A4 (en) * 2014-02-23 2017-11-15 Mirus LLC Systems and methods for measuring relative orientation and position of adjacent bones
US10070873B2 (en) 2014-06-30 2018-09-11 Tornier, Inc. Device for maintaining alignment of a cannulated shaft over a guide pin
US10195054B1 (en) 2014-12-02 2019-02-05 Dartmouth-Hitchcock Clinic Acetabular cup alignment system
EP3256067A2 (en) 2015-02-13 2017-12-20 Scapa Flow LLC System and method for medical device placement in bone
WO2017070523A1 (en) 2015-10-22 2017-04-27 Straight Shot, LLC Surgical implant alignment device
US9801582B2 (en) * 2015-11-12 2017-10-31 King Saud University Thigh adhesion quantitative measurement system
CN105559884B (en) * 2016-02-04 2018-10-23 清华大学 A kind of total hip arthroplasty midpelvis attitude acquisition method and system
EP4238522A3 (en) * 2016-06-17 2023-11-15 Zimmer, Inc. System and method for intraoperative surgical planning
US10052163B2 (en) 2016-07-19 2018-08-21 Hcl Technologies Limited Assisting a surgeon to operate a surgical device
US10743890B2 (en) 2016-08-11 2020-08-18 Mighty Oak Medical, Inc. Drill apparatus and surgical fixation devices and methods for using the same
CA3043771A1 (en) * 2016-11-14 2018-05-17 Navbit Holdings Pty Limited Alignment apparatus for use in surgery
EP3381414B1 (en) * 2017-03-31 2019-12-18 Tornier Positioning system for a bone resecting instrumentation and positioning kit
US11033341B2 (en) 2017-05-10 2021-06-15 Mako Surgical Corp. Robotic spine surgery system and methods
EP3621545B1 (en) 2017-05-10 2024-02-21 MAKO Surgical Corp. Robotic spine surgery system
WO2019036524A1 (en) 2017-08-14 2019-02-21 Scapa Flow, Llc System and method using augmented reality with shape alignment for medical device placement in bone
US10639079B2 (en) 2017-10-24 2020-05-05 Straight Shot, LLC Surgical implant alignment device
CN111655187A (en) 2018-01-26 2020-09-11 马科外科公司 End effector, system, and method for impacting a prosthesis guided by a surgical robot
US11771500B2 (en) * 2018-03-07 2023-10-03 HipNav Technologies, LLC Surgical navigation using a guide for instrumentation positioning
GB2573014A (en) * 2018-04-20 2019-10-23 Corin Ltd Surgical-tool angular measurement device
USD948717S1 (en) 2018-06-04 2022-04-12 Mighty Oak Medical, Inc. Sacro-iliac guide
USD895111S1 (en) 2018-06-04 2020-09-01 Mighty Oak Medical, Inc. Sacro-iliac guide
US11660211B2 (en) 2018-10-05 2023-05-30 Orthosensor, Inc. Measurement device for measuring a load magnitude and a position of applied load to a curved surface
KR102311209B1 (en) * 2019-12-18 2021-10-08 인제대학교 산학협력단 Medical instruments for artificial joint surgery of coxa
EP4247254A1 (en) * 2020-11-19 2023-09-27 Circinus Medical Technology LLC Systems and methods for artificial intelligence based image analysis for placement of surgical appliance
EP4287977A1 (en) * 2021-02-02 2023-12-13 Circinus Medical Technology LLC Systems and methods for simulating three- dimensional orientations of surgical hardware devices about an insertion point of an anatomy
US20220409286A1 (en) * 2021-06-29 2022-12-29 Thomas S. Camino Patient-specific registration jig and associated method for registering an orthopaedic surgical instrument to a patient
USD992114S1 (en) 2021-08-12 2023-07-11 Mighty Oak Medical, Inc. Surgical guide
WO2024023817A1 (en) * 2022-07-25 2024-02-01 Value Forces Ltd. Apparatus and methods for orthopedic procedures such as total hip replacement and broach and stem insertion

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5320625A (en) * 1993-01-21 1994-06-14 Bertin Kim C Apparatus and method for implanting a prosthetic acetabular cup and then testing the stability of the implant
US5462548A (en) * 1992-07-06 1995-10-31 Pappas; Michael J. Acetabular reamer
US5584837A (en) * 1993-08-13 1996-12-17 Petersen; Thomas D. Acetabular cup inserter for orthopedic
US6027507A (en) * 1998-04-30 2000-02-22 Innomed, Inc. Leg length gauge for total hip surgery
US6488713B1 (en) * 2001-04-25 2002-12-03 Biomet, Inc. Hip joint prosthesis with integral bearing extraction member
US20050251026A1 (en) * 2003-06-09 2005-11-10 Vitruvian Orthopaedics, Llc Surgical orientation system and method
US20070270973A1 (en) * 2006-04-10 2007-11-22 Alexandria Research Technologies, Llc Apparatus and method for sculpting the surface of a joint

Family Cites Families (431)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3174080A (en) 1961-06-12 1965-03-16 Lockheed Aircraft Corp Relay flip-flop
US3670324A (en) 1970-03-27 1972-06-13 John B Trevor Analog-digital shaft position encoder
US4349018A (en) 1980-12-29 1982-09-14 Chambers Gary R Osteotomy apparatus
US4436099A (en) 1981-08-14 1984-03-13 The University Of Toledo Instrument for measuring the range of motion associated with a human body joint
US4567885A (en) 1981-11-03 1986-02-04 Androphy Gary W Triplanar knee resection system
US4738253A (en) 1981-12-31 1988-04-19 Biomedical Engineering Trust Guides for inclined surgical cuts or resections
US4524766A (en) 1982-01-07 1985-06-25 Petersen Thomas D Surgical knee alignment method and system
US4475549A (en) 1982-01-18 1984-10-09 Indong Oh Acetabular cup positioner and method
US4646729A (en) 1982-02-18 1987-03-03 Howmedica, Inc. Prosthetic knee implantation
US4421112A (en) 1982-05-20 1983-12-20 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Tibial osteotomy guide assembly and method
US4518855A (en) 1982-09-30 1985-05-21 Spring-Mornne, Inc. Method and apparatus for statically aligning shafts and monitoring shaft alignment
US4567886A (en) 1983-01-06 1986-02-04 Petersen Thomas D Flexion spacer guide for fitting a knee prosthesis
US4509393A (en) 1983-03-04 1985-04-09 Castiglione Frank J Drive attachment for J-hook
US4459985A (en) 1983-03-04 1984-07-17 Howmedica Inc. Tibial prosthesis extractor and method for extracting a tibial implant
US4501266A (en) 1983-03-04 1985-02-26 Biomet, Inc. Knee distraction device
US4529348A (en) 1983-04-06 1985-07-16 Deere & Company Spout aimer
US4621630A (en) 1983-04-15 1986-11-11 Pfizer Hospital Products Group, Inc. Guide for femoral neck osteotomy
US4944760A (en) 1983-10-26 1990-07-31 Pfizer Hospital Products Group, Inc. Method and instrumentation for the replacement of a knee prosthesis
US4718078A (en) 1985-08-19 1988-01-05 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft System for controlling motion of a robot
US4716894A (en) 1986-08-27 1988-01-05 Zimmer, Inc. Acetabular cup inserting instrument
US4759350A (en) 1986-10-17 1988-07-26 Dunn Harold K Instruments for shaping distal femoral and proximal tibial surfaces
GB2197790B (en) 1986-11-17 1991-01-16 Jonathan Paul Beacon Apparatus for use in accurately inserting prostheses
US5002547A (en) 1987-02-07 1991-03-26 Pfizer Hospital Products Group, Inc. Apparatus for knee prosthesis
US5116338A (en) 1988-02-03 1992-05-26 Pfizer Hospital Products Group, Inc. Apparatus for knee prosthesis
US4938762A (en) 1987-12-16 1990-07-03 Protek Ag Reference system for implantation of condylar total knee prostheses
US5251127A (en) 1988-02-01 1993-10-05 Faro Medical Technologies Inc. Computer-aided surgery apparatus
US5122146A (en) 1988-02-04 1992-06-16 Pfizer Hospital Products Group, Inc. Apparatus for reducing a fracture
US4823807A (en) 1988-02-11 1989-04-25 Board Of Regents, Univ. Of Texas System Device for non-invasive diagnosis and monitoring of articular and periarticular pathology
JPH0291513A (en) 1988-09-28 1990-03-30 Sumitomo Electric Ind Ltd Method and device for correcting zero point of gyro
US4952213A (en) 1989-02-03 1990-08-28 Boehringer Mannheim Corporation Tibial cutting guide
US4945799A (en) 1989-03-24 1990-08-07 Knetzer Marvin D Tool guide
US5024226A (en) 1989-08-17 1991-06-18 Critikon, Inc. Epidural oxygen sensor
US5141512A (en) 1989-08-28 1992-08-25 Farmer Malcolm H Alignment of hip joint sockets in hip joint replacement
US5171244A (en) 1990-01-08 1992-12-15 Caspari Richard B Methods and apparatus for arthroscopic prosthetic knee replacement
US5129908A (en) 1990-01-23 1992-07-14 Petersen Thomas D Method and instruments for resection of the patella
US5343391A (en) 1990-04-10 1994-08-30 Mushabac David R Device for obtaining three dimensional contour data and for operating on a patient and related method
GB9025431D0 (en) 1990-11-22 1991-01-09 Advanced Tech Lab Three dimensional ultrasonic imaging
JP3018497B2 (en) 1990-11-30 2000-03-13 住友電気工業株式会社 Offset correction device for turning angular velocity sensor
US5053037A (en) 1991-03-07 1991-10-01 Smith & Nephew Richards Inc. Femoral instrumentation for long stem surgery
US5279309A (en) 1991-06-13 1994-01-18 International Business Machines Corporation Signaling device and method for monitoring positions in a surgical operation
US5249581A (en) 1991-07-15 1993-10-05 Horbal Mark T Precision bone alignment
FR2681520B1 (en) 1991-09-24 1993-12-24 Henry Graf DEVICE FOR MEASURING THE AMPLITUDES OF TWO VERTEBRES IN THREE ORTHOGONAL PLANS.
GB9123555D0 (en) 1991-11-06 1992-01-02 Attfield Stephen F Tensile balancer
US5514143A (en) 1991-11-27 1996-05-07 Apogee Medical Products, Inc. Apparatus and method for use during surgery
EP0551572B1 (en) 1991-12-10 1998-12-30 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Tibial resector guide
FR2685633B1 (en) 1991-12-27 1998-02-27 Tornier Sa MODULAR HUMER PROSTHESIS.
US5213112A (en) 1992-01-29 1993-05-25 Pfizer Hospital Products Group, Inc. Tension meter for orthopedic surgery
US5275603A (en) 1992-02-20 1994-01-04 Wright Medical Technology, Inc. Rotationally and angularly adjustable tibial cutting guide and method of use
DE4205869A1 (en) 1992-02-26 1993-09-02 Teldix Gmbh DEVICE FOR DETERMINING THE RELATIVE ORIENTATION OF A BODY
DE4225112C1 (en) 1992-07-30 1993-12-09 Bodenseewerk Geraetetech Instrument position relative to processing object measuring apparatus - has measuring device for measuring position of instrument including inertia sensor unit
US5324293A (en) 1992-11-13 1994-06-28 U.S. Medical Products, Inc. Surgical broach and broach holder
US5517990A (en) 1992-11-30 1996-05-21 The Cleveland Clinic Foundation Stereotaxy wand and tool guide
US5325029A (en) 1992-11-30 1994-06-28 Eaton Corporation Method of controlling an automated mechanical transmission shift mechanism
US5376093A (en) 1992-12-09 1994-12-27 Newman; Michael H. Tibiofemoral alignment guide
US5540697A (en) 1993-02-12 1996-07-30 U.S. Medical Products, Inc. Prosthetic socket installation apparatus and method
EP0705074B1 (en) 1993-06-21 2000-05-10 Osteonics Corp. Apparatus for locating functional structures of the leg during knee surgery
US5431653A (en) 1993-07-06 1995-07-11 Callaway; George H. Knee joint flexion-gap distraction device
US5724264A (en) 1993-07-16 1998-03-03 Immersion Human Interface Corp. Method and apparatus for tracking the position and orientation of a stylus and for digitizing a 3-D object
CA2167304C (en) 1993-07-16 1998-04-21 Louis B. Rosenberg Multi degree of freedom human-computer interface with tracking and forcefeedback
US5395377A (en) 1993-09-21 1995-03-07 Petersen; Thomas D. Extramedullary proximal tibial guide
US5417694A (en) 1993-11-08 1995-05-23 Smith & Nephew Richards Inc. Distal femoral cutting guide apparatus with anterior or posterior referencing for use in knee joint replacement surgery
US5720752A (en) 1993-11-08 1998-02-24 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Distal femoral cutting guide apparatus with anterior or posterior referencing for use in knee joint replacement surgery
US5474088A (en) 1993-12-09 1995-12-12 The Research Foundation Of State University Of New York Device for measuring motion characteristics of a human joint
AU7601094A (en) 1993-12-15 1995-07-03 Computer Motion, Inc. Automated endoscope system for optimal positioning
JPH07184929A (en) 1993-12-27 1995-07-25 Olympus Optical Co Ltd Surgical instrument
US5653764A (en) 1994-02-17 1997-08-05 Murphy; Stephen B. Modular hip prosthesis with discrete selectable angular orientation
US5423827A (en) 1994-06-02 1995-06-13 Intermedics Orthopedics, Inc. Surgical jig for femoral knee prosthesis
US5645077A (en) 1994-06-16 1997-07-08 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Inertial orientation tracker apparatus having automatic drift compensation for tracking human head and other similarly sized body
US6695848B2 (en) 1994-09-02 2004-02-24 Hudson Surgical Design, Inc. Methods for femoral and tibial resection
US5597379A (en) 1994-09-02 1997-01-28 Hudson Surgical Design, Inc. Method and apparatus for femoral resection alignment
GB9422007D0 (en) 1994-11-01 1994-12-21 Beacon Jonathan P An orthopaedic measurement and display system
US5486177A (en) 1994-12-20 1996-01-23 Intermedics Orthopedics, Inc. Patella planer with adjustable stop
US5540696A (en) 1995-01-06 1996-07-30 Zimmer, Inc. Instrumentation for use in orthopaedic surgery
US5624444A (en) 1995-02-10 1997-04-29 Wixon; Richard Femoral resection instrumentation including three-dimensional jig and method of use
JPH08240611A (en) 1995-03-02 1996-09-17 Hitachi Building Syst Eng & Service Co Ltd Calibrating device for three-axis accelerometer
US6246898B1 (en) 1995-03-28 2001-06-12 Sonometrics Corporation Method for carrying out a medical procedure using a three-dimensional tracking and imaging system
US5776137A (en) 1995-05-31 1998-07-07 Katz; Lawrence Method and apparatus for locating bone cuts at the distal condylar femur region to receive a knee prosthesis
US5628750A (en) 1995-06-30 1997-05-13 U.S. Medical Products, Inc. Tibial resection guide alignment apparatus and method
AU722539B2 (en) 1995-07-16 2000-08-03 Ultra-Guide Ltd. Free-hand aiming of a needle guide
FR2737967B1 (en) 1995-08-24 1997-11-28 Benoist Girard & Cie KNEE PROSTHESIS CORRECTION APPARATUS
US5769861A (en) 1995-09-28 1998-06-23 Brainlab Med. Computersysteme Gmbh Method and devices for localizing an instrument
DE29522352U1 (en) 1995-12-12 2002-07-18 Busch Dieter & Co Prueftech Position measuring probe for the mutual alignment of bodies
US6332089B1 (en) 1996-02-15 2001-12-18 Biosense, Inc. Medical procedures and apparatus using intrabody probes
US5683398A (en) 1996-02-20 1997-11-04 Smith & Nephew Inc. Distal femoral cutting block assembly
US5919149A (en) 1996-03-19 1999-07-06 Allum; John H. Method and apparatus for angular position and velocity based determination of body sway for the diagnosis and rehabilitation of balance and gait disorders
US5840047A (en) 1996-04-16 1998-11-24 Prosthetic Sensing Technologies, Llc Sensor device for monitoring a prosthetic device
US5681316A (en) 1996-08-22 1997-10-28 Johnson & Johnson Professional, Inc. Tibial resection guide
US5824085A (en) 1996-09-30 1998-10-20 Integrated Surgical Systems, Inc. System and method for cavity generation for surgical planning and initial placement of a bone prosthesis
US5788700A (en) 1996-10-30 1998-08-04 Osteonics Corp. Apparatus and method for the alignment of a total knee prosthesis
US8083745B2 (en) 2001-05-25 2011-12-27 Conformis, Inc. Surgical tools for arthroplasty
US7468075B2 (en) 2001-05-25 2008-12-23 Conformis, Inc. Methods and compositions for articular repair
US6122538A (en) 1997-01-16 2000-09-19 Acuson Corporation Motion--Monitoring method and system for medical devices
US5916219A (en) 1997-02-10 1999-06-29 Matsuno; Shigeo Tibial plateau resection guide
US6090114A (en) 1997-02-10 2000-07-18 Stryker Howmedica Osteonics Corp. Tibial plateau resection guide
GB9703421D0 (en) 1997-02-19 1997-04-09 Howmedica Profile gauge for measuring and indicating the profile of bone openings
DE19709960A1 (en) 1997-03-11 1998-09-24 Aesculap Ag & Co Kg Method and device for preoperatively determining the position data of endoprosthesis parts
US6332086B2 (en) 1997-04-07 2001-12-18 Graham Avis Discontinuous receive operation in a wireless terminal
FR2768613B1 (en) 1997-09-23 1999-12-17 Tornier Sa KNEE PROSTHESIS WITH ROTATABLE PLATFORM
US6226548B1 (en) 1997-09-24 2001-05-01 Surgical Navigation Technologies, Inc. Percutaneous registration apparatus and method for use in computer-assisted surgical navigation
US20030163142A1 (en) 1997-11-27 2003-08-28 Yoav Paltieli System and method for guiding the movements of a device to a target particularly for medical applications
US6348058B1 (en) 1997-12-12 2002-02-19 Surgical Navigation Technologies, Inc. Image guided spinal surgery guide, system, and method for use thereof
US6036696A (en) 1997-12-19 2000-03-14 Stryker Technologies Corporation Guide-pin placement device and method of use
US6258095B1 (en) 1998-03-28 2001-07-10 Stryker Technologies Corporation Methods and tools for femoral intermedullary revision surgery
DE29805908U1 (en) 1998-04-01 1998-05-28 Aesculap Ag & Co Kg Device for handling an implant covering a bone canal
WO1999059487A1 (en) 1998-05-19 1999-11-25 Mcgann William A An acetabular total hip component alignment system for accurate intraoperative positioning in inclination
JP3406834B2 (en) 1998-05-19 2003-05-19 株式会社東海理化電機製作所 Motor drive circuit
ATE272365T1 (en) 1998-05-28 2004-08-15 Orthosoft Inc INTERACTIVE AND COMPUTER-ASSISTED SURGICAL SYSTEM
FR2779339B1 (en) 1998-06-09 2000-10-13 Integrated Surgical Systems Sa MATCHING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ROBOTIC SURGERY, AND MATCHING DEVICE COMPRISING APPLICATION
CA2241359A1 (en) 1998-06-19 1999-12-19 The Governors Of The University Of Alberta Goniometer and method of use thereof
DE19830359A1 (en) 1998-07-07 2000-01-20 Helge Zwosta Spatial position and movement determination of body and body parts for remote control of machine and instruments
US6056756A (en) 1998-08-11 2000-05-02 Johnson & Johnson Professional, Inc. Femoral tensing and sizing device
US6477400B1 (en) 1998-08-20 2002-11-05 Sofamor Danek Holdings, Inc. Fluoroscopic image guided orthopaedic surgery system with intraoperative registration
US6120509A (en) 1998-09-01 2000-09-19 Sulzer Orthopedics Inc. Intramedullary reference datum instrument
US6585666B2 (en) 1998-10-13 2003-07-01 The Administrators Of The Tulane Educational Fund Arthroscopic diagnostic probe to measure mechanical properties of articular cartilage
IL143909A0 (en) 1998-12-23 2002-04-21 Jakab Peter D Magnetic resonance scanner with electromagnetic position and orientation tracking device
US6261247B1 (en) 1998-12-31 2001-07-17 Ball Semiconductor, Inc. Position sensing system
WO2000038570A1 (en) 1998-12-31 2000-07-06 Ball Semiconductor, Inc. Miniature implanted orthopedic sensors
US6470207B1 (en) 1999-03-23 2002-10-22 Surgical Navigation Technologies, Inc. Navigational guidance via computer-assisted fluoroscopic imaging
DE19917867B4 (en) 1999-04-20 2005-04-21 Brainlab Ag Method and device for image support in the treatment of treatment objectives with integration of X-ray detection and navigation system
US6126608A (en) 1999-05-18 2000-10-03 Pie Medical Equipment B.V. Portable ultrasound diagnostic system with handsfree display
US6471637B1 (en) 1999-09-24 2002-10-29 Karl Storz Imaging, Inc. Image orientation for endoscopic video displays
DE19946948A1 (en) 1999-09-30 2001-04-05 Philips Corp Intellectual Pty Method and arrangement for determining the position of a medical instrument
AUPQ363999A0 (en) * 1999-10-25 1999-11-18 Sher, Doron Device for measuring leg length
US6499488B1 (en) 1999-10-28 2002-12-31 Winchester Development Associates Surgical sensor
US6381485B1 (en) 1999-10-28 2002-04-30 Surgical Navigation Technologies, Inc. Registration of human anatomy integrated for electromagnetic localization
US6770078B2 (en) 2000-01-14 2004-08-03 Peter M. Bonutti Movable knee implant and methods therefor
WO2001056007A1 (en) 2000-01-28 2001-08-02 Intersense, Inc. Self-referenced tracking
US6354011B1 (en) 2000-02-01 2002-03-12 Pruftechnik Dieter Busch Ag Orientation measuring device
US6477421B1 (en) 2000-02-24 2002-11-05 Pacesetter, Inc. Method and apparatus for position and motion sensing
WO2001064124A1 (en) 2000-03-01 2001-09-07 Surgical Navigation Technologies, Inc. Multiple cannula image guided tool for image guided procedures
US6395005B1 (en) 2000-04-14 2002-05-28 Howmedica Osteonics Corp. Acetabular alignment apparatus and method
US6361508B1 (en) 2000-04-20 2002-03-26 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Army Personal event monitor with linear omnidirectional response
US7000469B2 (en) 2000-04-21 2006-02-21 Intersense, Inc. Motion-tracking
GB0015683D0 (en) 2000-06-28 2000-08-16 Depuy Int Ltd Apparatus for positioning a surgical instrument
US6478799B1 (en) 2000-06-29 2002-11-12 Richard V. Williamson Instruments and methods for use in performing knee surgery
US6361506B1 (en) 2000-07-20 2002-03-26 Sulzer Orthopedics Inc. Incremental varus/valgus and flexion/extension measuring instrument
US6468280B1 (en) 2000-07-24 2002-10-22 Sulzer Orthopedics Inc. Unicompartmental replacement instrument and method
EP1313400B1 (en) 2000-08-31 2005-11-30 Plus Endoprothetik Ag Device for determining a load axis of an extremity
US6725173B2 (en) 2000-09-02 2004-04-20 American Gnc Corporation Digital signal processing method and system thereof for precision orientation measurements
ATE265185T1 (en) 2000-09-26 2004-05-15 Brainlab Ag SYSTEM FOR THE NAVIGATION-ASSISTED ALIGNMENT OF ELEMENTS ON A BODY
EP1190676B1 (en) 2000-09-26 2003-08-13 BrainLAB AG Device for determining the position of a cutting guide
US6383149B1 (en) 2000-10-05 2002-05-07 Innovative Medical Products Laser length discrepancy device
WO2002037827A2 (en) 2000-10-30 2002-05-10 Naval Postgraduate School Method and apparatus for motion tracking of an articulated rigid body
US6917827B2 (en) 2000-11-17 2005-07-12 Ge Medical Systems Global Technology Company, Llc Enhanced graphic features for computer assisted surgery system
DE10062580B4 (en) 2000-12-15 2006-07-13 Aesculap Ag & Co. Kg Method and device for determining the mechanical axis of a femur
ES2199737T3 (en) 2000-12-19 2004-03-01 Brainlab Ag PROCEDURE AND DEVICE FOR ODONTOLOGICAL TREATMENT HELPED WITH NAVIGATION.
US6607487B2 (en) 2001-01-23 2003-08-19 The Regents Of The University Of California Ultrasound image guided acetabular implant orientation during total hip replacement
US6514259B2 (en) 2001-02-02 2003-02-04 Carnegie Mellon University Probe and associated system and method for facilitating planar osteotomy during arthoplasty
US20050113846A1 (en) 2001-02-27 2005-05-26 Carson Christopher P. Surgical navigation systems and processes for unicompartmental knee arthroplasty
US7547307B2 (en) 2001-02-27 2009-06-16 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Computer assisted knee arthroplasty instrumentation, systems, and processes
ATE431111T1 (en) 2001-02-27 2009-05-15 Smith & Nephew Inc DEVICE FOR TOTAL KNEE CONSTRUCTION
US6595997B2 (en) 2001-02-28 2003-07-22 Howmedica Osteonics Corp. Methods used in performing femoral and tibial resection in knee surgery
US6685711B2 (en) 2001-02-28 2004-02-03 Howmedica Osteonics Corp. Apparatus used in performing femoral and tibial resection in knee surgery
ATE281116T1 (en) 2001-03-29 2004-11-15 Ct Pulse Orthopedics Ltd EXPANDER FOR KNEE JOINTS
NO20011769D0 (en) 2001-04-06 2001-04-06 Bjoern Franc Iversen Device and system for mutual positioning of prosthetic parts
EP1252868B1 (en) 2001-04-27 2006-06-21 Zimmer GmbH Drill guide for the determination of the axis of a femoral head prothesis
FR2826254B1 (en) 2001-06-25 2004-06-18 Aesculap Sa DEVICE FOR POSITIONING A CUTTING PLAN OF A BONE CUTTING GUIDE
KR20030002219A (en) 2001-06-30 2003-01-08 한국과학기술원 Femur clamping robot mount for robotic total hip arthroplasty
WO2003009680A1 (en) 2001-07-24 2003-02-06 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Electronic measurement of the motion of a moving body of sports equipment
US6715213B2 (en) 2001-07-27 2004-04-06 Lars Richter 3D angle measurement instrument
US6685655B2 (en) 2001-10-18 2004-02-03 Innovative Medical Products Surgical leg length control
FR2831426B1 (en) 2001-10-30 2004-07-16 Tornier Sa JOINT IMPLANT AND KNEE PROSTHESIS INCORPORATING SUCH AN IMPLANT
US6645214B2 (en) 2001-11-12 2003-11-11 Depuy Orthopaedics, Inc. Apparatus and method for bone positioning
WO2003041611A2 (en) 2001-11-14 2003-05-22 White Michael R Apparatus and methods for making intraoperative orthopedic measurements
US6671975B2 (en) 2001-12-10 2004-01-06 C. William Hennessey Parallel kinematic micromanipulator
US6997882B1 (en) 2001-12-21 2006-02-14 Barron Associates, Inc. 6-DOF subject-monitoring device and method
US20030120282A1 (en) 2001-12-24 2003-06-26 Scouten Charles W. Stereotaxic manipulator with retrofitted linear scales and digital display device
DE10200690B4 (en) 2002-01-10 2005-03-03 Intraplant Ag Aid for implantation of a hip joint endoprosthesis
US7634306B2 (en) 2002-02-13 2009-12-15 Kinamed, Inc. Non-image, computer assisted navigation system for joint replacement surgery with modular implant system
US6711431B2 (en) 2002-02-13 2004-03-23 Kinamed, Inc. Non-imaging, computer assisted navigation system for hip replacement surgery
US6986181B2 (en) 2002-02-21 2006-01-17 Ges Company Patient positioning device
US8010180B2 (en) 2002-03-06 2011-08-30 Mako Surgical Corp. Haptic guidance system and method
US7831292B2 (en) 2002-03-06 2010-11-09 Mako Surgical Corp. Guidance system and method for surgical procedures with improved feedback
AU2003228341A1 (en) 2002-03-19 2003-10-08 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois System and method for prosthetic fitting and balancing in joints
US20030199882A1 (en) 2002-03-21 2003-10-23 Gorek Josef E. Gravity dependent pedicle screw tap hole guide and data processing device
US7611522B2 (en) 2003-06-02 2009-11-03 Nuvasive, Inc. Gravity dependent pedicle screw tap hole guide and data processing device
US6638281B2 (en) 2002-03-21 2003-10-28 Spinecore, Inc. Gravity dependent pedicle screw tap hole guide
EP1348393B1 (en) 2002-03-27 2007-03-21 BrainLAB AG Medical navigation or pre-operative treatment planning supported by generic patient data
US6679916B1 (en) 2002-04-29 2004-01-20 Mark A. Frankle Shoulder prosthesis system
JP2005523766A (en) 2002-04-30 2005-08-11 オルトソフト インコーポレイテッド Determination of femoral cutting in knee surgery
US7048741B2 (en) 2002-05-10 2006-05-23 Swanson Todd V Method and apparatus for minimally invasive knee arthroplasty
US20030229356A1 (en) 2002-06-10 2003-12-11 Donald Dye Curved acetabular shell impaction instrument and method of use
US7585301B2 (en) 2002-06-12 2009-09-08 Howmedica Osteonics Corp. Modular hip inserter/positioner
US20040006393A1 (en) 2002-07-03 2004-01-08 Brian Burkinshaw Implantable prosthetic knee for lateral compartment
EP2151215B1 (en) 2002-08-09 2012-09-19 Kinamed, Inc. Non-imaging tracking tools for hip replacement surgery
US7736368B2 (en) 2002-08-23 2010-06-15 Orthosoft Inc. Surgical universal positioning block and tool guide
US20040039396A1 (en) 2002-08-23 2004-02-26 Orthosoft Inc. Universal positioning block
US7027477B2 (en) 2002-08-30 2006-04-11 Spectra Physics Inc. Expansion matched thin disk laser and method for cooling
ATE318118T1 (en) 2002-09-27 2006-03-15 Aesculap Ag & Co Kg DEVICE FOR DETERMINING THE LOCATION OF THE TIBIAL EXIT POINT OF THE ANTERIOR CRUCIAL LIGAMENT
US6856828B2 (en) 2002-10-04 2005-02-15 Orthosoft Inc. CAS bone reference and less invasive installation method thereof
US6743235B2 (en) 2002-10-15 2004-06-01 Goli V. Subba Rao Modular instrument for positioning acetabular prosthetic socket
US7326215B2 (en) 2002-10-30 2008-02-05 Symmetry Medical, Inc. Curved surgical tool driver
AU2002350671A1 (en) 2002-11-05 2004-06-07 Aesculap Ag And Co. Kg Method and device for determining the position of a knee-joint endoprosthesis
EP3075356B1 (en) 2002-11-07 2023-07-05 ConforMIS, Inc. Method of selecting a meniscal implant
US7094241B2 (en) 2002-11-27 2006-08-22 Zimmer Technology, Inc. Method and apparatus for achieving correct limb alignment in unicondylar knee arthroplasty
US7209776B2 (en) 2002-12-03 2007-04-24 Aesculap Ag & Co. Kg Method of determining the position of the articular point of a joint
JP4095919B2 (en) 2002-12-09 2008-06-04 ジンマー株式会社 Measuring device for total knee replacement surgery
US20070282347A9 (en) 2002-12-20 2007-12-06 Grimm James E Navigated orthopaedic guide and method
US7029477B2 (en) 2002-12-20 2006-04-18 Zimmer Technology, Inc. Surgical instrument and positioning method
FR2850010B1 (en) 2003-01-17 2005-12-02 Tornier Sa ANCILLARY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF A PROTHETIC COTYL FOR A HIP PROSTHESIS
US8355773B2 (en) 2003-01-21 2013-01-15 Aesculap Ag Recording localization device tool positional parameters
US7660623B2 (en) 2003-01-30 2010-02-09 Medtronic Navigation, Inc. Six degree of freedom alignment display for medical procedures
US20040153066A1 (en) 2003-02-03 2004-08-05 Coon Thomas M. Apparatus for knee surgery and method of use
EP1615577A2 (en) 2003-02-04 2006-01-18 Orthosoft, Inc. Cas modular bone reference assembly and limb position measurement system
FR2852226B1 (en) 2003-03-10 2005-07-15 Univ Grenoble 1 LOCALIZED MEDICAL INSTRUMENT WITH ORIENTABLE SCREEN
US7887544B2 (en) 2003-03-10 2011-02-15 Tornier Sas Ancillary tool for positioning a glenoid implant
WO2004091419A2 (en) 2003-04-08 2004-10-28 Wasielewski Ray C Use of micro-and miniature position sensing devices for use in tka and tha
US20050021037A1 (en) * 2003-05-29 2005-01-27 Mccombs Daniel L. Image-guided navigated precision reamers
US8078254B2 (en) 2003-06-02 2011-12-13 Murphy Stephen B Virtual trial reduction system for hip arthroplasty and coordinate systems therefor
US8057482B2 (en) 2003-06-09 2011-11-15 OrthAlign, Inc. Surgical orientation device and method
JP2007503289A (en) 2003-06-09 2007-02-22 ヴィトルヴィアン・オーソピーディクス・エルエルシイ Surgical orientation machine and method
FR2857576B1 (en) 2003-07-16 2005-10-14 Depuy France ASSISTING DEVICE FOR THE IMPLANTATION OF TOTAL KNEE PROSTHESES
WO2005009303A1 (en) 2003-07-24 2005-02-03 San-Tech Surgical Sarl Orientation device for surgical implement
AU2003904336A0 (en) 2003-08-15 2003-08-28 Medcare Systems Pty Ltd An automated personal alarm monitor
EP1664823A1 (en) 2003-09-08 2006-06-07 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Retrospective triggered mri of active or passive joint motion
US7105028B2 (en) 2003-10-21 2006-09-12 Wright Medical Technology, Inc. Tissue preserving and minimally invasive hip replacement surgical procedure
US7037310B2 (en) 2003-10-21 2006-05-02 Wright Medical Technology Inc Acetabular impactor
US7392076B2 (en) 2003-11-04 2008-06-24 Stryker Leibinger Gmbh & Co. Kg System and method of registering image data to intra-operatively digitized landmarks
US7815644B2 (en) * 2003-12-19 2010-10-19 Masini Michael A Instrumentation and methods for refining image-guided and navigation-based surgical procedures
AU2005209197A1 (en) 2004-01-16 2005-08-11 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Computer-assisted ligament balancing in total knee arthroplasty
DE502004009884D1 (en) 2004-02-03 2009-09-24 Brainlab Ag Device for determining the position of a cutting block
US7442196B2 (en) 2004-02-06 2008-10-28 Synvasive Technology, Inc. Dynamic knee balancer
US7383164B2 (en) 2004-03-05 2008-06-03 Depuy Products, Inc. System and method for designing a physiometric implant system
WO2005087116A2 (en) 2004-03-11 2005-09-22 Branch Thomas P Method and apparatus for aligning a knee for surgery or the like
US7710888B2 (en) 2004-04-05 2010-05-04 Verizon Business Global Llc Apparatus and method for testing and fault isolation in a communication network
GB0411487D0 (en) 2004-05-22 2004-06-23 Depuy Int Ltd Surgical jig
KR100786703B1 (en) 2004-07-24 2007-12-21 삼성전자주식회사 Device and method for measuring physical exercise using acceleration sensor
US7377924B2 (en) 2004-09-09 2008-05-27 Howmedica Osteonics Corp. Navigated drill guided resection block
US7373271B1 (en) 2004-09-20 2008-05-13 Ascension Technology Corporation System and method for measuring position and orientation using distortion-compensated magnetic fields
US7396360B2 (en) 2004-09-29 2008-07-08 The Cleveland Clinic Foundation Minimally invasive method and apparatus for fusing adjacent vertebrae
EP1645241B1 (en) 2004-10-05 2011-12-28 BrainLAB AG Position marker system with point light sources
US8446473B2 (en) 2004-10-05 2013-05-21 Brainlab Ag Tracking system with scattering effect utilization, in particular with star effect and/or cross effect utilization
US7636595B2 (en) * 2004-10-28 2009-12-22 Medtronic Navigation, Inc. Method and apparatus for calibrating non-linear instruments
DE102004057933A1 (en) 2004-12-01 2006-06-08 Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten Forschung e.V. A method and apparatus for navigating and positioning an object relative to a patient
AU2005311752A1 (en) 2004-12-02 2006-06-08 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Systems for providing a reference plane for mounting an acetabular cup
GB2420717A (en) 2004-12-06 2006-06-07 Biomet Uk Ltd Surgical Instrument
WO2006063156A1 (en) * 2004-12-09 2006-06-15 Stryker Corporation Wireless system for providing instrument and implant data to a surgical navigation unit
US20060161051A1 (en) 2005-01-18 2006-07-20 Lauralan Terrill-Grisoni Method of computer-assisted ligament balancing and component placement in total knee arthroplasty
AU2005325289A1 (en) 2005-01-18 2006-07-27 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Computer-assisted ligament balancing in total knee arthroplasty
US7219033B2 (en) 2005-02-15 2007-05-15 Magneto Inertial Sensing Technology, Inc. Single/multiple axes six degrees of freedom (6 DOF) inertial motion capture system with initial orientation determination capability
EP1690503B1 (en) 2005-02-15 2013-07-24 BrainLAB AG User guidance for adjusting the cutting guides for the bones
US8979853B2 (en) 2005-02-17 2015-03-17 Lucas Anissian Method and system for determining resection guidelines for joint replacement surgical procedures
CN101528122B (en) 2005-03-07 2011-09-07 赫克托·O·帕切科 Drivepipe used for inserting into vertebral pedicle
US20060217734A1 (en) 2005-03-09 2006-09-28 Zimmer Technology, Inc. Femoral resection guide apparatus and method
US20100204551A1 (en) 2008-10-22 2010-08-12 Martin William Roche Detection, Prevention and Treatment of Infections in Implantable Devices
US8099168B2 (en) 2008-10-22 2012-01-17 Martin William Roche Post-operative pain inhibitor for joint replacement and method thereof
US20100100011A1 (en) 2008-10-22 2010-04-22 Martin Roche System and Method for Orthopedic Alignment and Measurement
US20100249787A1 (en) 2009-03-26 2010-09-30 Martin Roche System and method for orthopedic dynamic distraction
KR100706030B1 (en) 2005-04-12 2007-04-11 한국과학기술원 Navigation system for hip replacement surgery having reference device and method using the same
JP2006314775A (en) 2005-04-12 2006-11-24 Olympus Corp Endoscope system
FR2884407B1 (en) 2005-04-13 2007-05-25 Tornier Sas SURGICAL DEVICE FOR IMPLANTATION OF A PARTIAL OR TOTAL KNEE PROSTHESIS
FR2884408B1 (en) 2005-04-13 2007-05-25 Tornier Sas SURGICAL DEVICE FOR IMPLANTATION OF A PARTIAL OR TOTAL KNEE PROSTHESIS
US7601154B2 (en) 2005-04-18 2009-10-13 Uni-Knee, Llc Unicondylar knee instrument system
CA2607162A1 (en) 2005-05-02 2006-11-09 Smith & Nephew, Inc. System and method for determining tibial rotation
FR2885293A1 (en) 2005-05-06 2006-11-10 Michel Collette INSTRUMENT OF VISEEE OF THE FEMEC MECHANICAL AXIS
JP2008539913A (en) 2005-05-12 2008-11-20 オーエム サージカル(ユーケイ)リミテッド Systems, methods, and tools for ensuring accurate insertion of a hip prosthesis
US7621920B2 (en) 2005-06-13 2009-11-24 Zimmer, Inc. Adjustable cut guide
US20070162142A1 (en) 2005-06-15 2007-07-12 Vitruvian Orthopaedics, Llc Knee surgery method and apparatus
US7840256B2 (en) * 2005-06-27 2010-11-23 Biomet Manufacturing Corporation Image guided tracking array and method
US20070032748A1 (en) 2005-07-28 2007-02-08 608442 Bc Ltd. System for detecting and analyzing body motion
US7468077B2 (en) 2005-08-02 2008-12-23 Tornier Sas Patellar retractor and method of surgical procedure on knee
US8388627B2 (en) 2005-09-13 2013-03-05 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Surgical laser guide and method of use
GB0519829D0 (en) 2005-09-30 2005-11-09 Depuy Int Ltd Distractor instrument
DE202005015975U1 (en) 2005-10-10 2007-02-08 Synthes Gmbh target device
US20070100346A1 (en) 2005-10-27 2007-05-03 Wyss Joseph G Support for locating instrument guides
US8000926B2 (en) 2005-11-28 2011-08-16 Orthosensor Method and system for positional measurement using ultrasonic sensing
US8098544B2 (en) 2005-11-29 2012-01-17 Orthosensor, Inc. Method and system for enhancing accuracy in ultrasonic alignment
US20070179626A1 (en) 2005-11-30 2007-08-02 De La Barrera Jose L M Functional joint arthroplasty method
US7834847B2 (en) 2005-12-01 2010-11-16 Navisense Method and system for activating a touchless control
US8814810B2 (en) 2005-12-01 2014-08-26 Orthosensor Inc. Orthopedic method and system for mapping an anatomical pivot point
US7520880B2 (en) 2006-01-09 2009-04-21 Zimmer Technology, Inc. Adjustable surgical support base with integral hinge
FR2896684B1 (en) 2006-02-01 2008-09-26 Tornier Soc Par Actions Simplifiee TIBIAL IMPLANT WITH OFFSET SHAFT
US7885705B2 (en) 2006-02-10 2011-02-08 Murphy Stephen B System and method for facilitating hip surgery
US9017336B2 (en) 2006-02-15 2015-04-28 Otismed Corporation Arthroplasty devices and related methods
CA2537711A1 (en) 2006-02-27 2007-08-27 Orthosoft Inc. Universal positioning block assembly
US8337426B2 (en) 2009-03-24 2012-12-25 Biomet Manufacturing Corp. Method and apparatus for aligning and securing an implant relative to a patient
US9173661B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2015-11-03 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient specific alignment guide with cutting surface and laser indicator
US8323290B2 (en) 2006-03-03 2012-12-04 Biomet Manufacturing Corp. Tensor for use in surgical navigation
US20080058945A1 (en) 2006-03-13 2008-03-06 Mako Surgical Corp. Prosthetic device and system and method for implanting prosthetic device
US8882777B2 (en) 2006-03-17 2014-11-11 Zimmer Technology, Inc. Indicator device for use with a surgical guide instrument
US8337508B2 (en) 2006-03-20 2012-12-25 Perception Raisonnement Action En Medecine Distractor system
US7949386B2 (en) 2006-03-21 2011-05-24 A2 Surgical Computer-aided osteoplasty surgery system
GB0607027D0 (en) 2006-04-07 2006-05-17 Depuy Int Ltd Patella tracking
US7846092B2 (en) 2006-05-05 2010-12-07 Wright Medical Technology, Inc. Surgical retractor with impactor
AU2007254173B2 (en) 2006-05-17 2013-07-25 Nuvasive, Inc. Surgical trajectory monitoring system and related methods
DE502006003264D1 (en) 2006-06-27 2009-05-07 Brainlab Ag Medical-technical marker tracking with determination of marker properties
DE102006032127B4 (en) 2006-07-05 2008-04-30 Aesculap Ag & Co. Kg Calibration method and calibration device for a surgical referencing unit
US7594933B2 (en) 2006-08-08 2009-09-29 Aesculap Ag Method and apparatus for positioning a bone prosthesis using a localization system
US20080071195A1 (en) 2006-09-18 2008-03-20 Cuellar Alberto D Non-invasive tracking device and method
EP2073726B1 (en) 2006-10-11 2013-06-05 Ignace Ghijselings Device for installing femoral prosthetic knee joint
US7776098B2 (en) 2006-10-12 2010-08-17 Murphy Stephen B Modular femoral prosthesis with on-axis junction
EP1915962B1 (en) 2006-10-26 2008-12-03 BrainLAB AG Integrated medical trackingsystem
US20080108912A1 (en) 2006-11-07 2008-05-08 General Electric Company System and method for measurement of clinical parameters of the knee for use during knee replacement surgery
US20080211768A1 (en) 2006-12-07 2008-09-04 Randy Breen Inertial Sensor Input Device
WO2008073999A2 (en) 2006-12-12 2008-06-19 Vladimir Alexander Laser assisted total joint arthroplasty
DE502007002254D1 (en) 2007-01-31 2010-01-21 Brainlab Ag Medical laser target marker and its use
EP1952779B1 (en) 2007-02-01 2012-04-04 BrainLAB AG Method and system for Identification of medical instruments
US8814874B2 (en) 2007-02-13 2014-08-26 Medtronic Navigation, Inc. Navigated cut guide for total knee reconstruction
US8417318B2 (en) 2007-02-22 2013-04-09 Accuray Incorporated Calibrating tracking systems to remove position-dependent bias
EP1970005B1 (en) 2007-03-15 2012-10-03 Xsens Holding B.V. A system and a method for motion tracking using a calibration unit
US20080249394A1 (en) 2007-04-03 2008-10-09 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Method for improved rotational alignment in joint arthroplasty
EP1982676B1 (en) 2007-04-03 2012-07-11 Finsbury (Development) Limited Apparatus and system
EP2136715B1 (en) 2007-04-19 2014-06-25 Mako Surgical Corp. Implant planning using captured joint motion information
ITMI20070844A1 (en) 2007-04-23 2008-10-24 Istituto Ortopedico Galeazzi Spa DEVICE FOR DETECTION OF ARTICULAR FORCES
US7985226B2 (en) 2007-05-04 2011-07-26 Mcallister Craig M Distal femoral cutting guide
US20110028865A1 (en) 2009-08-03 2011-02-03 Xsens Technologies, B.V. Inertial Sensor Kinematic Coupling
US8425616B2 (en) 2007-07-09 2013-04-23 Moximed, Inc. Surgical implantation method and devices for an extra-articular mechanical energy absorbing apparatus
WO2009006741A1 (en) 2007-07-09 2009-01-15 Orthosoft Inc. Universal positioning device for orthopedic surgery and method of use thereof
JP2009042811A (en) 2007-08-06 2009-02-26 Univ Of Tokyo Three-dimensional shape development device, three-dimensional shape development method, and program for three-dimensional shape development
DE102007043366A1 (en) 2007-09-12 2009-03-19 Degudent Gmbh Method for determining the position of an intraoral measuring device
US7892240B2 (en) 2007-09-13 2011-02-22 Zimmer, Inc. Femoral head center locating apparatus and method
GB2452967A (en) 2007-09-21 2009-03-25 Rolls Royce Plc A seal and rotor arrangement including a rotor section and a circumferential movable seal around the rotor section
WO2009042644A2 (en) 2007-09-25 2009-04-02 Perception Raisonnement Action En Medecine Methods and apparatus for assisting cartilage diagnostic and therapeutic procedures
ES2733937T3 (en) 2007-09-30 2019-12-03 Depuy Products Inc Specific patient-specific orthopedic surgical instrument
US8267938B2 (en) 2007-11-01 2012-09-18 Murphy Stephen B Method and apparatus for determining acetabular component positioning
US9017335B2 (en) 2007-11-19 2015-04-28 Blue Ortho Hip implant registration in computer assisted surgery
US8480679B2 (en) 2008-04-29 2013-07-09 Otismed Corporation Generation of a computerized bone model representative of a pre-degenerated state and useable in the design and manufacture of arthroplasty devices
WO2009089629A1 (en) 2008-01-16 2009-07-23 Orthosoft Inc. Pinless technique for computer assisted orthopedic surgery
WO2009105665A1 (en) 2008-02-20 2009-08-27 Mako Surgical Corp. Implant planning using corrected captured joint motion information
WO2009111481A1 (en) 2008-03-03 2009-09-11 Arthrosurface Incorporated Bone resurfacing system and method
US8828008B2 (en) 2008-03-05 2014-09-09 Allston J. Stubbs Apparatus for arthroscopic assisted arthroplasty of the hip joint
US8494825B2 (en) 2008-03-13 2013-07-23 Robert L. Thornberry Computer-guided system for orienting the acetabular cup in the pelvis during total hip replacement surgery
CN101977557B (en) 2008-03-25 2013-03-13 奥索瑟夫特公司 System for planning/guiding alterations to a bone
US9144470B2 (en) 2008-03-25 2015-09-29 Orthosoft Inc. Tracking system and method
US20090270928A1 (en) 2008-04-25 2009-10-29 Stone Ross G Navigation tracker fixation device and method for use thereof
US8123753B2 (en) 2008-04-28 2012-02-28 Depuy (Ireland) Ltd. Cutting guide assembly
US8197492B2 (en) 2008-04-28 2012-06-12 Depuy (Ireland) Ltd. Measuring instrument for version angle
US8197487B2 (en) 2008-04-28 2012-06-12 Depuy (Ireland) Ltd. Reaming guide alignment instrument
US8814811B2 (en) 2008-05-23 2014-08-26 Medtronic, Inc. Fall detection algorithm utilizing a three-axis accelerometer
US8165840B2 (en) 2008-06-12 2012-04-24 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Posture sensor automatic calibration
US8249345B2 (en) 2008-06-27 2012-08-21 Mako Surgical Corp. Automatic image segmentation using contour propagation
DE102008030534A1 (en) 2008-06-27 2009-12-31 Bort Medical Gmbh Device for determining the stability of a knee joint
US20100023018A1 (en) 2008-07-23 2010-01-28 Theofilos Charles S Spinous process fixated bilateral drilling guide
US8421854B2 (en) 2008-07-24 2013-04-16 Noah Zerkin System and method for motion capture
US20100063509A1 (en) 2008-07-24 2010-03-11 OrthAlign, Inc. Systems and methods for joint replacement
US9554922B2 (en) 2008-09-04 2017-01-31 Bionx Medical Technologies, Inc. Hybrid terrain-adaptive lower-extremity systems
EP2358310B1 (en) 2008-09-10 2019-07-31 OrthAlign, Inc. Hip surgery systems
EP2179703B1 (en) 2008-10-21 2012-03-28 BrainLAB AG Integration of surgical instrument and display device for supporting image-based surgery
DE102008052680A1 (en) 2008-10-22 2010-04-29 Surgitaix Ag Device for the controlled adjustment of a surgical positioning unit
WO2010051490A1 (en) 2008-10-30 2010-05-06 Synvasive Technology, Inc. Force sensing distal femoral alignment system and method of use
US8588892B2 (en) 2008-12-02 2013-11-19 Avenir Medical Inc. Method and system for aligning a prosthesis during surgery using active sensors
US20100324457A1 (en) 2008-12-10 2010-12-23 Jacob Bean Skeletal-muscular position monitoring device
US9364291B2 (en) 2008-12-11 2016-06-14 Mako Surgical Corp. Implant planning using areas representing cartilage
US8459094B2 (en) 2009-01-30 2013-06-11 Research In Motion Limited Method for calibrating an accelerometer of an electronic device, an accelerometer, and an electronic device having an accelerometer with improved calibration features
US8444564B2 (en) 2009-02-02 2013-05-21 Jointvue, Llc Noninvasive diagnostic system
US8690776B2 (en) 2009-02-17 2014-04-08 Inneroptic Technology, Inc. Systems, methods, apparatuses, and computer-readable media for image guided surgery
US8556830B2 (en) 2009-03-31 2013-10-15 Depuy Device and method for displaying joint force data
US8956294B2 (en) 2009-05-20 2015-02-17 Sotera Wireless, Inc. Body-worn system for continuously monitoring a patients BP, HR, SpO2, RR, temperature, and motion; also describes specific monitors for apnea, ASY, VTAC, VFIB, and ‘bed sore’ index
EP2442757B1 (en) 2009-06-17 2017-03-01 Universität Bern Methods and devices for patient-specific acetabular component alignment in total hip arthroplasty
US20100331733A1 (en) 2009-06-30 2010-12-30 Orthosensor Sensing device and method for an orthopedic joint
US8427176B2 (en) 2009-06-30 2013-04-23 Orthosensor Inc Pulsed waveguide sensing device and method for measuring a parameter
US20100331738A1 (en) 2009-06-30 2010-12-30 Orthosensor Integrated sensor and interconnect for measuring a parameter of the muscular-skeletal system
US20100331679A1 (en) 2009-06-30 2010-12-30 Orthosensor Pulsed echo sensing device and method for an orthopedic joint
US9339226B2 (en) 2010-01-21 2016-05-17 OrthAlign, Inc. Systems and methods for joint replacement
US8118815B2 (en) 2009-07-24 2012-02-21 OrthAlign, Inc. Systems and methods for joint replacement
US10869771B2 (en) 2009-07-24 2020-12-22 OrthAlign, Inc. Systems and methods for joint replacement
EP2485665B1 (en) 2009-10-06 2022-01-05 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Targeting orthopaedic device landmarks
WO2011049637A1 (en) 2009-10-23 2011-04-28 Synvasive Technology, Inc. Knee balancing for revision procedures
JP5235856B2 (en) 2009-12-25 2013-07-10 パナソニック株式会社 Vibration type actuator
US9901405B2 (en) 2010-03-02 2018-02-27 Orthosoft Inc. MEMS-based method and system for tracking a femoral frame of reference
GB201006173D0 (en) 2010-04-14 2010-06-02 Depuy Ireland A distractor
US9706948B2 (en) 2010-05-06 2017-07-18 Sachin Bhandari Inertial sensor based surgical navigation system for knee replacement surgery
CN103096819B (en) 2010-06-29 2016-03-02 乔治·弗雷 The surgical guidance part of patient's coupling and using method thereof
US9262802B2 (en) 2010-07-21 2016-02-16 Arthromeda, Inc. Independent digital templating software, and methods and systems using same
US9597156B2 (en) 2010-07-30 2017-03-21 Orthosoft Inc. Bone tracking with a gyroscope sensor in computer-assisted surgery
US8696675B2 (en) 2010-08-31 2014-04-15 Orthosoft Inc. Proximity-triggered computer-assisted surgery system and method
US8551108B2 (en) 2010-08-31 2013-10-08 Orthosoft Inc. Tool and method for digital acquisition of a tibial mechanical axis
CA2808661C (en) 2010-08-31 2018-07-17 Orthosoft Inc. Proximity-triggered computer-assisted surgery system and method
EP2611379B1 (en) 2010-08-31 2017-12-27 Orthosoft Inc. Tool for digital acquisition of a tibial mechanical axis
CA2821670A1 (en) 2010-12-17 2012-06-21 Avenir Medical Inc. Method and system for aligning a prosthesis during surgery
US9414770B2 (en) 2010-12-29 2016-08-16 Biosense Webster (Israel) Ltd. Respiratory effect reduction in catheter position sensing
JP2014516256A (en) 2011-02-08 2014-07-10 ザ ジェネラル ホスピタル コーポレイション Patient positioning system and method
WO2012113054A1 (en) 2011-02-25 2012-08-30 Orthosoft Inc. Bone and tool tracking with mems in computer-assisted surgery
JP5803013B2 (en) 2011-06-14 2015-11-04 バイオメット・ジャパン株式会社 Jig system for artificial knee joint placement
WO2012171577A1 (en) 2011-06-17 2012-12-20 Brainlab Ag Method, system and device for positioning an implant
US10540479B2 (en) 2011-07-15 2020-01-21 Stephen B. Murphy Surgical planning system and method
JP6055825B2 (en) 2011-07-19 2016-12-27 ジンマー,インコーポレイティド Knee arthroplasty instrument
US9839374B2 (en) 2011-09-23 2017-12-12 Orthosensor Inc. System and method for vertebral load and location sensing
US9414940B2 (en) 2011-09-23 2016-08-16 Orthosensor Inc. Sensored head for a measurement tool for the muscular-skeletal system
US8784339B2 (en) 2011-09-23 2014-07-22 Orthosensor Inc Spinal instrument for measuring load and position of load
US20130079678A1 (en) 2011-09-23 2013-03-28 Orthosensor Active spine insert instrument for prosthetic component placement
US8945133B2 (en) 2011-09-23 2015-02-03 Orthosensor Inc Spinal distraction tool for load and position measurement
EP2760362B1 (en) 2011-09-29 2018-11-07 ArthroMeda, Inc. System for precise prosthesis positioning in hip arthroplasty
US9314188B2 (en) 2012-04-12 2016-04-19 Intellijoint Surgical Inc. Computer-assisted joint replacement surgery and navigation systems
WO2013169674A1 (en) 2012-05-08 2013-11-14 OrthAlign, Inc. Devices and methods for intra-operative spinal allignment
AU2013262624B2 (en) 2012-05-18 2018-03-01 OrthAlign, Inc. Devices and methods for knee arthroplasty
JP6069621B2 (en) 2012-06-05 2017-02-01 コリン リミテッドCorin Limited Patient implant alignment system
US9987092B2 (en) 2012-06-20 2018-06-05 Intellijoint Surgical Inc. Computer-assisted joint replacement surgery and patient-specific jig systems
WO2014015433A1 (en) 2012-07-24 2014-01-30 Orthosoft Inc. Patient specific instrumentation with mems in surgery
US9649160B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2017-05-16 OrthAlign, Inc. Hip replacement navigation system and method
GB2506139A (en) 2012-09-21 2014-03-26 David Langton Prosthetic Hip Alignment Apparatus
EP2911598A4 (en) 2012-10-26 2016-11-09 Inline Orthopaedics Pty Ltd Surgical system
US20140135773A1 (en) 2012-11-09 2014-05-15 Orthosensor Inc Prosthetic hip installation system
US20140135744A1 (en) 2012-11-09 2014-05-15 Orthosensor Inc Motion and orientation sensing module or device for positioning of implants
US20140134586A1 (en) 2012-11-09 2014-05-15 Orthosensor Inc Orthopedic tool position and trajectory gui
US20140182062A1 (en) 2012-12-31 2014-07-03 Mehran S. Aghazadeh Safe Lateral Decubitus Positioning Apparatus
WO2014145540A2 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-18 Arthromeda, Inc. Systems and methods for providing alignment in total knee arthroplasty
US20140276000A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-18 Vector Sight Inc. Laser Tracking of Surgical Instruments and Implants
US9247998B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-02-02 Intellijoint Surgical Inc. System and method for intra-operative leg position measurement
US20160045317A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-02-18 Conformis, Inc. Kinematic and Parameterized Modeling for Patient-Adapted Implants, Tools, and Surgical Procedures
US9259172B2 (en) 2013-03-18 2016-02-16 Orthosensor Inc. Method of providing feedback to an orthopedic alignment system
ITMI20130432A1 (en) 2013-03-21 2014-09-22 Dial Medicali S R L ORIENTATION EQUIPMENT AND POSITIONING OF SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS AND IMPLANT PROSTHESIS IN A BONE SEAT.
US20140303631A1 (en) 2013-04-05 2014-10-09 Thornberry Technologies, LLC Method and apparatus for determining the orientation and/or position of an object during a medical procedure
JP6635515B2 (en) 2013-06-11 2020-01-29 オーソソフト アンリミティド ライアビリティ コーポレイション Acetabular cup prosthesis positioning instrument and method
US9375178B2 (en) 2013-07-12 2016-06-28 Arthromeda, Inc. Systems and methods for aligning a medical device with a pelvic axis
US20150018718A1 (en) 2013-07-12 2015-01-15 Arthromeda, Inc. Sensor for Measuring the Tilt of a Patient's Pelvic Axis
US10350089B2 (en) 2013-08-13 2019-07-16 Brainlab Ag Digital tool and method for planning knee replacement
WO2015054745A1 (en) 2013-10-14 2015-04-23 Silesco Pty Ltd Alignment apparatus for use in hip arthroplasty
US20150142372A1 (en) 2013-11-19 2015-05-21 Polaris Surgical, LLC Prosthetic placement tool and associated methods
CA2998734C (en) 2013-12-09 2020-10-20 Mohamed R. Mahfouz Surgical tool navigation method
CN106232062B (en) 2014-04-30 2019-01-11 捷迈有限公司 It is impacted using the acetabular cup of patient's particular instrument
JP6505985B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2019-04-24 アルスロデザイン株式会社 Knee balancer
US9554745B2 (en) 2014-06-02 2017-01-31 Orthosoft Inc. Device and method for hip-knee-ankle angle verification and femoral mechanical axis digitization
US20170333136A1 (en) 2014-10-29 2017-11-23 Intellijoint Surgical Inc. Systems and devices including a surgical navigation camera with a kinematic mount and a surgical drape with a kinematic mount adapter
WO2016070288A1 (en) 2014-11-06 2016-05-12 Orthosoft Inc. Instrument navigation in computer-assisted hip surgery
WO2016123700A1 (en) 2015-02-02 2016-08-11 Orthosoft Inc. Mechanically guided impactor for hip arthroplasty
US10405928B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2019-09-10 Orthosoft Ulc Acetabulum rim digitizer device and method
WO2016123702A1 (en) 2015-02-02 2016-08-11 Orthosoft Inc. A method and device for cup implanting using inertial sensors
US10363149B2 (en) 2015-02-20 2019-07-30 OrthAlign, Inc. Hip replacement navigation system and method
WO2016147153A1 (en) 2015-03-19 2016-09-22 Matteo Mantovani A surgical aid for joints
CN107530097A (en) 2015-03-24 2018-01-02 艾克斯潘多索公司 Bascule and application method for arthroplasty
CN108040464A (en) 2015-05-28 2018-05-15 拜欧米特制造有限责任公司 The complete knee joint scheme neatly planned
CN108495591A (en) 2015-12-03 2018-09-04 桑吉夫·阿加瓦尔 Alignment device
CA3043771A1 (en) 2016-11-14 2018-05-17 Navbit Holdings Pty Limited Alignment apparatus for use in surgery
EP3595550A4 (en) 2017-03-14 2020-12-30 OrthAlign, Inc. Soft tissue measurement&balancing systems and methods
AU2018236220A1 (en) 2017-03-14 2019-09-26 OrthAlign, Inc. Hip replacement navigation systems and methods
AU2018321607A1 (en) 2017-08-22 2020-03-05 Vivid Surgical Pty Ltd Scanning apparatus for scanning an anatomical region
CN109846528B (en) 2019-03-01 2021-04-02 山东新华联合骨科器材股份有限公司 Joint replacement surgery auxiliary positioning method and system based on inertial navigation
JP2023504213A (en) 2019-12-09 2023-02-01 オースアライン・インコーポレイテッド Cup alignment system and method
JP2023518266A (en) 2020-03-20 2023-04-28 オースアライン・インコーポレイテッド Systems and methods for limb alignment
WO2022165561A1 (en) 2021-02-08 2022-08-11 Vivid Surgical Pty Ltd Intraoperative stereotaxic navigation systems

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5462548A (en) * 1992-07-06 1995-10-31 Pappas; Michael J. Acetabular reamer
US5320625A (en) * 1993-01-21 1994-06-14 Bertin Kim C Apparatus and method for implanting a prosthetic acetabular cup and then testing the stability of the implant
US5584837A (en) * 1993-08-13 1996-12-17 Petersen; Thomas D. Acetabular cup inserter for orthopedic
US6027507A (en) * 1998-04-30 2000-02-22 Innomed, Inc. Leg length gauge for total hip surgery
US6488713B1 (en) * 2001-04-25 2002-12-03 Biomet, Inc. Hip joint prosthesis with integral bearing extraction member
US20050251026A1 (en) * 2003-06-09 2005-11-10 Vitruvian Orthopaedics, Llc Surgical orientation system and method
US20070270973A1 (en) * 2006-04-10 2007-11-22 Alexandria Research Technologies, Llc Apparatus and method for sculpting the surface of a joint

Cited By (387)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9308002B2 (en) 2002-11-07 2016-04-12 Crescent H Trust Precise hip component positioning for hip replacement surgery
US8057479B2 (en) 2003-06-09 2011-11-15 OrthAlign, Inc. Surgical orientation system and method
US20090318931A1 (en) * 2003-06-09 2009-12-24 OrthAlign, Inc. Surgical orientation device and method
US20100016705A1 (en) * 2003-06-09 2010-01-21 Orthalign, Inc Surgical orientation system and method
US11903597B2 (en) 2003-06-09 2024-02-20 OrthAlign, Inc. Surgical orientation system and method
US8888786B2 (en) 2003-06-09 2014-11-18 OrthAlign, Inc. Surgical orientation device and method
US20050021044A1 (en) * 2003-06-09 2005-01-27 Vitruvian Orthopaedics, Llc Surgical orientation device and method
US11179167B2 (en) 2003-06-09 2021-11-23 OrthAlign, Inc. Surgical orientation system and method
US8974467B2 (en) 2003-06-09 2015-03-10 OrthAlign, Inc. Surgical orientation system and method
US8057482B2 (en) 2003-06-09 2011-11-15 OrthAlign, Inc. Surgical orientation device and method
US20100204955A1 (en) * 2005-11-28 2010-08-12 Martin Roche Method and system for positional measurement using ultrasonic sensing
US8494805B2 (en) 2005-11-28 2013-07-23 Orthosensor Method and system for assessing orthopedic alignment using tracking sensors
US8000926B2 (en) 2005-11-28 2011-08-16 Orthosensor Method and system for positional measurement using ultrasonic sensing
US9662216B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2017-05-30 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific hip joint devices
US8241293B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2012-08-14 Biomet Manufacturing Corp. Patient specific high tibia osteotomy
US10507029B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2019-12-17 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific acetabular guides and associated instruments
US10603179B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2020-03-31 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific augments
US10426492B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2019-10-01 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient specific alignment guide with cutting surface and laser indicator
US9113971B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2015-08-25 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Femoral acetabular impingement guide
US11534313B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2022-12-27 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific pre-operative planning
US10278711B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2019-05-07 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific femoral guide
US9539013B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2017-01-10 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific elbow guides and associated methods
US9522010B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2016-12-20 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific orthopedic instruments
US8070752B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2011-12-06 Biomet Manufacturing Corp. Patient specific alignment guide and inter-operative adjustment
US9173661B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2015-11-03 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient specific alignment guide with cutting surface and laser indicator
US9662127B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2017-05-30 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific acetabular guides and associated instruments
US9700329B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2017-07-11 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific orthopedic instruments
US8133234B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2012-03-13 Biomet Manufacturing Corp. Patient specific acetabular guide and method
US9005297B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2015-04-14 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific elbow guides and associated methods
US9289253B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2016-03-22 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific shoulder guide
US9480580B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2016-11-01 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific acetabular alignment guides
US10743937B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2020-08-18 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Backup surgical instrument system and method
US10390845B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2019-08-27 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific shoulder guide
US9480490B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2016-11-01 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific guides
US8900244B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2014-12-02 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific acetabular guide and method
US8282646B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2012-10-09 Biomet Manufacturing Corp. Patient specific knee alignment guide and associated method
US9345548B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2016-05-24 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific pre-operative planning
US8864769B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2014-10-21 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Alignment guides with patient-specific anchoring elements
US9339278B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2016-05-17 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific acetabular guides and associated instruments
US8828087B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2014-09-09 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific high tibia osteotomy
US9913734B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2018-03-13 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific acetabular alignment guides
US9918740B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2018-03-20 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Backup surgical instrument system and method
US8377066B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2013-02-19 Biomet Manufacturing Corp. Patient-specific elbow guides and associated methods
US8608749B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2013-12-17 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific acetabular guides and associated instruments
US8608748B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2013-12-17 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient specific guides
US8603180B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2013-12-10 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific acetabular alignment guides
US8591516B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2013-11-26 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific orthopedic instruments
US8568487B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2013-10-29 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific hip joint devices
US8535387B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2013-09-17 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific tools and implants
US10206695B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2019-02-19 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Femoral acetabular impingement guide
US8979936B2 (en) 2006-06-09 2015-03-17 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-modified implant
US8092465B2 (en) 2006-06-09 2012-01-10 Biomet Manufacturing Corp. Patient specific knee alignment guide and associated method
US9993344B2 (en) 2006-06-09 2018-06-12 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-modified implant
US8858561B2 (en) 2006-06-09 2014-10-14 Blomet Manufacturing, LLC Patient-specific alignment guide
US10206697B2 (en) 2006-06-09 2019-02-19 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific knee alignment guide and associated method
US8298237B2 (en) 2006-06-09 2012-10-30 Biomet Manufacturing Corp. Patient-specific alignment guide for multiple incisions
US10893879B2 (en) 2006-06-09 2021-01-19 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific knee alignment guide and associated method
US11576689B2 (en) 2006-06-09 2023-02-14 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific knee alignment guide and associated method
US8398646B2 (en) 2006-06-09 2013-03-19 Biomet Manufacturing Corp. Patient-specific knee alignment guide and associated method
US9861387B2 (en) 2006-06-09 2018-01-09 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific knee alignment guide and associated method
US9795399B2 (en) 2006-06-09 2017-10-24 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific knee alignment guide and associated method
US9642571B2 (en) 2006-08-24 2017-05-09 Orthosensor Inc System and method for sensorized user interface
US8421642B1 (en) 2006-08-24 2013-04-16 Navisense System and method for sensorized user interface
US8638296B1 (en) 2006-09-05 2014-01-28 Jason McIntosh Method and machine for navigation system calibration
US8784425B2 (en) 2007-02-28 2014-07-22 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Systems and methods for identifying landmarks on orthopedic implants
US20100145337A1 (en) * 2007-02-28 2010-06-10 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Instrumented orthopaedic implant for identifying a landmark
US8814868B2 (en) 2007-02-28 2014-08-26 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Instrumented orthopaedic implant for identifying a landmark
US8407067B2 (en) 2007-04-17 2013-03-26 Biomet Manufacturing Corp. Method and apparatus for manufacturing an implant
US8486150B2 (en) 2007-04-17 2013-07-16 Biomet Manufacturing Corp. Patient-modified implant
US11554019B2 (en) 2007-04-17 2023-01-17 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Method and apparatus for manufacturing an implant
US9907659B2 (en) 2007-04-17 2018-03-06 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Method and apparatus for manufacturing an implant
US8473305B2 (en) 2007-04-17 2013-06-25 Biomet Manufacturing Corp. Method and apparatus for manufacturing an implant
US8265949B2 (en) 2007-09-27 2012-09-11 Depuy Products, Inc. Customized patient surgical plan
US8377068B2 (en) 2007-09-30 2013-02-19 DePuy Synthes Products, LLC. Customized patient-specific instrumentation for use in orthopaedic surgical procedures
US8343159B2 (en) 2007-09-30 2013-01-01 Depuy Products, Inc. Orthopaedic bone saw and method of use thereof
US11696768B2 (en) 2007-09-30 2023-07-11 DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. Apparatus and method for fabricating a customized patient-specific orthopaedic instrument
US10828046B2 (en) 2007-09-30 2020-11-10 DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. Apparatus and method for fabricating a customized patient-specific orthopaedic instrument
US8398645B2 (en) 2007-09-30 2013-03-19 DePuy Synthes Products, LLC Femoral tibial customized patient-specific orthopaedic surgical instrumentation
US8361076B2 (en) 2007-09-30 2013-01-29 Depuy Products, Inc. Patient-customizable device and system for performing an orthopaedic surgical procedure
US10028750B2 (en) 2007-09-30 2018-07-24 DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. Apparatus and method for fabricating a customized patient-specific orthopaedic instrument
US8357111B2 (en) 2007-09-30 2013-01-22 Depuy Products, Inc. Method and system for designing patient-specific orthopaedic surgical instruments
US8357166B2 (en) 2007-09-30 2013-01-22 Depuy Products, Inc. Customized patient-specific instrumentation and method for performing a bone re-cut
US9775649B2 (en) 2008-02-28 2017-10-03 Smith & Nephew, Inc. System and method for identifying a landmark
US20110208037A1 (en) * 2008-02-28 2011-08-25 Smith & Nephew, Inc. System and method for identifying a landmark
US9220514B2 (en) 2008-02-28 2015-12-29 Smith & Nephew, Inc. System and method for identifying a landmark
US9189083B2 (en) 2008-03-18 2015-11-17 Orthosensor Inc. Method and system for media presentation during operative workflow
US10159498B2 (en) 2008-04-16 2018-12-25 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Method and apparatus for manufacturing an implant
US8562617B2 (en) 2008-06-27 2013-10-22 DePuy Synthes Products, LLC Knee ligament balancer
US8197489B2 (en) 2008-06-27 2012-06-12 Depuy Products, Inc. Knee ligament balancer
US8911447B2 (en) 2008-07-24 2014-12-16 OrthAlign, Inc. Systems and methods for joint replacement
US10206714B2 (en) 2008-07-24 2019-02-19 OrthAlign, Inc. Systems and methods for joint replacement
US9855075B2 (en) 2008-07-24 2018-01-02 OrthAlign, Inc. Systems and methods for joint replacement
US10864019B2 (en) 2008-07-24 2020-12-15 OrthAlign, Inc. Systems and methods for joint replacement
US9572586B2 (en) 2008-07-24 2017-02-21 OrthAlign, Inc. Systems and methods for joint replacement
US11684392B2 (en) 2008-07-24 2023-06-27 OrthAlign, Inc. Systems and methods for joint replacement
US9192392B2 (en) 2008-07-24 2015-11-24 OrthAlign, Inc. Systems and methods for joint replacement
US8998910B2 (en) 2008-07-24 2015-04-07 OrthAlign, Inc. Systems and methods for joint replacement
US20100063508A1 (en) * 2008-07-24 2010-03-11 OrthAlign, Inc. Systems and methods for joint replacement
US20100137869A1 (en) * 2008-07-24 2010-06-03 OrthAlign, Inc. Systems and methods for joint replacement
US11871965B2 (en) 2008-07-24 2024-01-16 OrthAlign, Inc. Systems and methods for joint replacement
US11547451B2 (en) 2008-07-24 2023-01-10 OrthAlign, Inc. Systems and methods for joint replacement
US9931059B2 (en) 2008-09-10 2018-04-03 OrthAlign, Inc. Hip surgery systems and methods
US11540746B2 (en) 2008-09-10 2023-01-03 OrthAlign, Inc. Hip surgery systems and methods
US10321852B2 (en) 2008-09-10 2019-06-18 OrthAlign, Inc. Hip surgery systems and methods
US11179062B2 (en) 2008-09-10 2021-11-23 OrthAlign, Inc. Hip surgery systems and methods
US8974468B2 (en) 2008-09-10 2015-03-10 OrthAlign, Inc. Hip surgery systems and methods
US10682242B2 (en) * 2008-12-02 2020-06-16 Intellijoint Surgical Inc. Method and system for aligning a prosthesis during surgery using active sensors
US10441435B2 (en) * 2008-12-02 2019-10-15 Intellijoint Surgical Inc. Method and system for aligning a prosthesis during surgery using active sensors
US8588892B2 (en) * 2008-12-02 2013-11-19 Avenir Medical Inc. Method and system for aligning a prosthesis during surgery using active sensors
US20120022406A1 (en) * 2008-12-02 2012-01-26 Andre Novomir Hladio Method and system for aligning a prosthesis during surgery using active sensors
US20140135658A1 (en) * 2008-12-02 2014-05-15 Avenir Medical Inc. Method And System For Aligning A Prosthesis During Surgery Using Active Sensors
US10932921B2 (en) * 2008-12-02 2021-03-02 Intellijoint Surgical Inc. Method and system for aligning a prosthesis during surgery using active sensors
US8170641B2 (en) 2009-02-20 2012-05-01 Biomet Manufacturing Corp. Method of imaging an extremity of a patient
US9468538B2 (en) 2009-03-24 2016-10-18 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Method and apparatus for aligning and securing an implant relative to a patient
US8337426B2 (en) 2009-03-24 2012-12-25 Biomet Manufacturing Corp. Method and apparatus for aligning and securing an implant relative to a patient
US20100249796A1 (en) * 2009-03-24 2010-09-30 Biomet Manufacturing Corp. Method and Apparatus for Aligning and Securing an Implant Relative to a Patient
US20100249657A1 (en) * 2009-03-24 2010-09-30 Biomet Manufacturing Corp. Method and Apparatus for Aligning and Securing an Implant Relative to a Patient
US8167823B2 (en) * 2009-03-24 2012-05-01 Biomet Manufacturing Corp. Method and apparatus for aligning and securing an implant relative to a patient
US20100249659A1 (en) * 2009-03-31 2010-09-30 Sherman Jason T Device and method for displaying joint force data
US20100249660A1 (en) * 2009-03-31 2010-09-30 Sherman Jason T System and method for displaying joint force data
US20100249777A1 (en) * 2009-03-31 2010-09-30 Sherman Jason T Device and method for determining forces of a patient's joint
US8597210B2 (en) 2009-03-31 2013-12-03 Depuy (Ireland) System and method for displaying joint force data
US9649119B2 (en) 2009-03-31 2017-05-16 Depuy Ireland Unlimited Company Method for performing an orthopaedic surgical procedure
US8551023B2 (en) 2009-03-31 2013-10-08 Depuy (Ireland) Device and method for determining force of a knee joint
US9538953B2 (en) 2009-03-31 2017-01-10 Depuy Ireland Unlimited Company Device and method for determining force of a knee joint
US8740817B2 (en) 2009-03-31 2014-06-03 Depuy (Ireland) Device and method for determining forces of a patient's joint
US8556830B2 (en) 2009-03-31 2013-10-15 Depuy Device and method for displaying joint force data
US8721568B2 (en) 2009-03-31 2014-05-13 Depuy (Ireland) Method for performing an orthopaedic surgical procedure
US9763598B2 (en) 2009-04-27 2017-09-19 Smith & Nephew, Inc. System and method for identifying a landmark
US8945147B2 (en) 2009-04-27 2015-02-03 Smith & Nephew, Inc. System and method for identifying a landmark
US20100274256A1 (en) * 2009-04-27 2010-10-28 Smith & Nephew, Inc. System and Method for Identifying a Landmark
US8623023B2 (en) 2009-04-27 2014-01-07 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Targeting an orthopaedic implant landmark
US20100274121A1 (en) * 2009-04-27 2010-10-28 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Targeting an orthopaedic implant landmark
US9192399B2 (en) 2009-04-27 2015-11-24 Smith & Nephew, Inc. System and method for identifying a landmark
US9031637B2 (en) 2009-04-27 2015-05-12 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Targeting an orthopaedic implant landmark
US9585722B2 (en) 2009-04-27 2017-03-07 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Targeting an orthopaedic implant landmark
US9492115B2 (en) 2009-06-30 2016-11-15 Orthosensor Inc. Sensored prosthetic component and method
US9226694B2 (en) 2009-06-30 2016-01-05 Orthosensor Inc Small form factor medical sensor structure and method therefor
US9402583B2 (en) 2009-06-30 2016-08-02 Orthosensor Inc. Orthopedic screw for measuring a parameter of the muscular-skeletal system
US9357964B2 (en) 2009-06-30 2016-06-07 Orthosensor Inc. Hermetically sealed prosthetic component and method therefor
US9358136B2 (en) 2009-06-30 2016-06-07 Orthosensor Inc. Shielded capacitor sensor system for medical applications and method
US9839390B2 (en) 2009-06-30 2017-12-12 Orthosensor Inc. Prosthetic component having a compliant surface
US9492116B2 (en) 2009-06-30 2016-11-15 Orthosensor Inc. Prosthetic knee joint measurement system including energy harvesting and method therefor
US9345492B2 (en) 2009-06-30 2016-05-24 Orthosensor Inc. Shielded capacitor sensor system for medical applications and method
US9289163B2 (en) 2009-06-30 2016-03-22 Orthosensor Inc. Prosthetic component for monitoring synovial fluid and method
US9345449B2 (en) 2009-06-30 2016-05-24 Orthosensor Inc Prosthetic component for monitoring joint health
US10869771B2 (en) 2009-07-24 2020-12-22 OrthAlign, Inc. Systems and methods for joint replacement
US9775725B2 (en) 2009-07-24 2017-10-03 OrthAlign, Inc. Systems and methods for joint replacement
US8118815B2 (en) 2009-07-24 2012-02-21 OrthAlign, Inc. Systems and methods for joint replacement
US9271756B2 (en) 2009-07-24 2016-03-01 OrthAlign, Inc. Systems and methods for joint replacement
US10238510B2 (en) 2009-07-24 2019-03-26 OrthAlign, Inc. Systems and methods for joint replacement
US11633293B2 (en) 2009-07-24 2023-04-25 OrthAlign, Inc. Systems and methods for joint replacement
US20110218543A1 (en) * 2009-07-24 2011-09-08 OrthAlign, Inc. Systems and methods for joint replacement
US9839433B2 (en) 2009-08-13 2017-12-12 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Device for the resection of bones, method for producing such a device, endoprosthesis suited for this purpose and method for producing such an endoprosthesis
US10052110B2 (en) 2009-08-13 2018-08-21 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Device for the resection of bones, method for producing such a device, endoprosthesis suited for this purpose and method for producing such an endoprosthesis
US9393028B2 (en) 2009-08-13 2016-07-19 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Device for the resection of bones, method for producing such a device, endoprosthesis suited for this purpose and method for producing such an endoprosthesis
US11324522B2 (en) 2009-10-01 2022-05-10 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient specific alignment guide with cutting surface and laser indicator
US20120245647A1 (en) * 2009-11-17 2012-09-27 Manuela Kunz Patient-Specific Guide for Acetabular Cup Placement
US9693878B2 (en) * 2009-11-17 2017-07-04 Queen's University At Kingston Patient-specific guide for acetabular cup placement
US9452023B2 (en) 2009-12-31 2016-09-27 Orthosensor Inc. Operating room surgical field device and method therefore
US20110160583A1 (en) * 2009-12-31 2011-06-30 Orthosensor Orthopedic Navigation System with Sensorized Devices
US20110160738A1 (en) * 2009-12-31 2011-06-30 Orthosensor Operating room surgical field device and method therefore
US20110160572A1 (en) * 2009-12-31 2011-06-30 Orthosensor Disposable wand and sensor for orthopedic alignment
US9011448B2 (en) 2009-12-31 2015-04-21 Orthosensor Inc. Orthopedic navigation system with sensorized devices
US9452022B2 (en) * 2009-12-31 2016-09-27 Orthosensor Inc Disposable wand and sensor for orthopedic alignment
US9339226B2 (en) 2010-01-21 2016-05-17 OrthAlign, Inc. Systems and methods for joint replacement
US20110208093A1 (en) * 2010-01-21 2011-08-25 OrthAlign, Inc. Systems and methods for joint replacement
US9456833B2 (en) 2010-02-26 2016-10-04 Biomet Sports Medicine, Llc Patient-specific osteotomy devices and methods
US8632547B2 (en) 2010-02-26 2014-01-21 Biomet Sports Medicine, Llc Patient-specific osteotomy devices and methods
US9579112B2 (en) 2010-03-04 2017-02-28 Materialise N.V. Patient-specific computed tomography guides
US9066727B2 (en) 2010-03-04 2015-06-30 Materialise Nv Patient-specific computed tomography guides
US10893876B2 (en) 2010-03-05 2021-01-19 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Method and apparatus for manufacturing an implant
US9539037B2 (en) 2010-06-03 2017-01-10 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Orthopaedic implants
US10098648B2 (en) 2010-09-29 2018-10-16 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific guide for partial acetabular socket replacement
US9271744B2 (en) 2010-09-29 2016-03-01 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific guide for partial acetabular socket replacement
US11234719B2 (en) 2010-11-03 2022-02-01 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific shoulder guide
US8961526B2 (en) 2010-11-23 2015-02-24 University Of Massachusetts System and method for orienting orthopedic implants
US9968376B2 (en) 2010-11-29 2018-05-15 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific orthopedic instruments
US20230200997A1 (en) * 2010-12-17 2023-06-29 Intellijoint Surgical Inc. Method and system for determining a relative position of a tool
US9138319B2 (en) * 2010-12-17 2015-09-22 Intellijoint Surgical Inc. Method and system for aligning a prosthesis during surgery
US10117748B2 (en) * 2010-12-17 2018-11-06 Intellijoint Surgical Inc. Method and system for aligning a prosthesis during surgery
US20130190887A1 (en) * 2010-12-17 2013-07-25 Avenir Medical Inc. Method and system for aligning a prosthesis during surgery
US20150313684A1 (en) * 2010-12-17 2015-11-05 Intellijoint Surgical Inc. Method and system for aligning a prosthesis during surgery
US20220175537A1 (en) * 2010-12-17 2022-06-09 Intellijoint Surgical Inc. Method and system for aligning a prosthesis during surgery
US11229520B2 (en) 2010-12-17 2022-01-25 Intellijoint Surgical Inc. Method and system for aligning a prosthesis during surgery
US11865008B2 (en) * 2010-12-17 2024-01-09 Intellijoint Surgical Inc. Method and system for determining a relative position of a tool
US20120157887A1 (en) * 2010-12-17 2012-06-21 Richard Tyler Fanson Method and system for aligning a prosthesis during surgery
US8890511B2 (en) 2011-01-25 2014-11-18 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Targeting operation sites
US9445907B2 (en) 2011-03-07 2016-09-20 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific tools and implants
US9241745B2 (en) 2011-03-07 2016-01-26 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific femoral version guide
US9743935B2 (en) 2011-03-07 2017-08-29 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific femoral version guide
US8715289B2 (en) 2011-04-15 2014-05-06 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific numerically controlled instrument
US9717510B2 (en) 2011-04-15 2017-08-01 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific numerically controlled instrument
US10251690B2 (en) 2011-04-19 2019-04-09 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific fracture fixation instrumentation and method
US9675400B2 (en) 2011-04-19 2017-06-13 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific fracture fixation instrumentation and method
US9743940B2 (en) 2011-04-29 2017-08-29 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific partial knee guides and other instruments
US9474539B2 (en) 2011-04-29 2016-10-25 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific convertible guides
US8668700B2 (en) 2011-04-29 2014-03-11 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific convertible guides
US8956364B2 (en) 2011-04-29 2015-02-17 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific partial knee guides and other instruments
US9526441B2 (en) 2011-05-06 2016-12-27 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Targeting landmarks of orthopaedic devices
US9757238B2 (en) 2011-06-06 2017-09-12 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Pre-operative planning and manufacturing method for orthopedic procedure
US8903530B2 (en) 2011-06-06 2014-12-02 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Pre-operative planning and manufacturing method for orthopedic procedure
US8532807B2 (en) 2011-06-06 2013-09-10 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Pre-operative planning and manufacturing method for orthopedic procedure
US9687261B2 (en) 2011-06-13 2017-06-27 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Drill guides for confirming alignment of patient-specific alignment guides
US9084618B2 (en) 2011-06-13 2015-07-21 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Drill guides for confirming alignment of patient-specific alignment guides
WO2012173890A3 (en) * 2011-06-16 2013-04-18 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Surgical alignment using references
US9168153B2 (en) 2011-06-16 2015-10-27 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Surgical alignment using references
US9827112B2 (en) 2011-06-16 2017-11-28 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Surgical alignment using references
US11103363B2 (en) 2011-06-16 2021-08-31 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Surgical alignment using references
US9668747B2 (en) 2011-07-01 2017-06-06 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific-bone-cutting guidance instruments and methods
US11253269B2 (en) 2011-07-01 2022-02-22 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Backup kit for a patient-specific arthroplasty kit assembly
US10492798B2 (en) 2011-07-01 2019-12-03 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Backup kit for a patient-specific arthroplasty kit assembly
US9173666B2 (en) 2011-07-01 2015-11-03 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific-bone-cutting guidance instruments and methods
US8764760B2 (en) 2011-07-01 2014-07-01 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific bone-cutting guidance instruments and methods
US8597365B2 (en) 2011-08-04 2013-12-03 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific pelvic implants for acetabular reconstruction
US9427320B2 (en) 2011-08-04 2016-08-30 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific pelvic implants for acetabular reconstruction
US9610092B2 (en) 2011-08-29 2017-04-04 Microsoft Orthopedics Holdings Inc. Precision hip replacement method
US20160228263A1 (en) * 2011-08-29 2016-08-11 Crescent H Trust Precise hip component positioning for hip replacement surgery
US9308003B2 (en) 2011-08-29 2016-04-12 Crescent H Trust Telescopic guide for hip replacement method
US20130053904A1 (en) * 2011-08-29 2013-02-28 Brad L. Penenberg Precise femoral component positioning for hip replacement surgery
US9532800B2 (en) 2011-08-29 2017-01-03 Crescent H Trust Inside-out guide for hip replacement method
US10238509B2 (en) 2011-08-29 2019-03-26 Crescent H Trust Telescopic guide for hip replacement method
US9439675B2 (en) 2011-08-29 2016-09-13 Microport Orthopedics Holdings Inc. Inside-out guide for hip replacement method
US9295497B2 (en) 2011-08-31 2016-03-29 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific sacroiliac and pedicle guides
US9066734B2 (en) 2011-08-31 2015-06-30 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific sacroiliac guides and associated methods
US9439659B2 (en) 2011-08-31 2016-09-13 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific sacroiliac guides and associated methods
US9603613B2 (en) 2011-08-31 2017-03-28 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific sacroiliac guides and associated methods
US10105242B2 (en) 2011-09-07 2018-10-23 Depuy Ireland Unlimited Company Surgical instrument and method
US9937062B2 (en) 2011-09-23 2018-04-10 Orthosensor Inc Device and method for enabling an orthopedic tool for parameter measurement
US9161717B2 (en) 2011-09-23 2015-10-20 Orthosensor Inc. Orthopedic insert measuring system having a sealed cavity
US9462964B2 (en) 2011-09-23 2016-10-11 Orthosensor Inc Small form factor muscular-skeletal parameter measurement system
US9414940B2 (en) 2011-09-23 2016-08-16 Orthosensor Inc. Sensored head for a measurement tool for the muscular-skeletal system
US9839374B2 (en) 2011-09-23 2017-12-12 Orthosensor Inc. System and method for vertebral load and location sensing
US11406398B2 (en) 2011-09-29 2022-08-09 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific femoroacetabular impingement instruments and methods
US10314666B2 (en) 2011-09-29 2019-06-11 Arthromeda, Inc. System and method for precise prosthesis positioning in hip arthroplasty
US10456205B2 (en) 2011-09-29 2019-10-29 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific femoroacetabular impingement instruments and methods
US9572682B2 (en) 2011-09-29 2017-02-21 Arthromeda, Inc. System and method for precise prosthesis positioning in hip arthroplasty
US9386993B2 (en) 2011-09-29 2016-07-12 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific femoroacetabular impingement instruments and methods
US11298188B2 (en) 2011-10-27 2022-04-12 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Methods for patient-specific shoulder arthroplasty
US9301812B2 (en) 2011-10-27 2016-04-05 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Methods for patient-specific shoulder arthroplasty
US9351743B2 (en) 2011-10-27 2016-05-31 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific glenoid guides
US9451973B2 (en) 2011-10-27 2016-09-27 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient specific glenoid guide
US10426549B2 (en) 2011-10-27 2019-10-01 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Methods for patient-specific shoulder arthroplasty
US10426493B2 (en) 2011-10-27 2019-10-01 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific glenoid guides
US11602360B2 (en) 2011-10-27 2023-03-14 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient specific glenoid guide
US9554910B2 (en) 2011-10-27 2017-01-31 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific glenoid guide and implants
US11419618B2 (en) 2011-10-27 2022-08-23 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific glenoid guides
US10842510B2 (en) 2011-10-27 2020-11-24 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient specific glenoid guide
US9936962B2 (en) 2011-10-27 2018-04-10 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient specific glenoid guide
US9827106B2 (en) 2012-02-02 2017-11-28 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Implant with patient-specific porous structure
US9237950B2 (en) 2012-02-02 2016-01-19 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Implant with patient-specific porous structure
US9259179B2 (en) 2012-02-27 2016-02-16 Orthosensor Inc. Prosthetic knee joint measurement system including energy harvesting and method therefor
US10219741B2 (en) 2012-02-27 2019-03-05 Orthosensor Inc. Muscular-skeletal joint stability detection and method therefor
US9622701B2 (en) 2012-02-27 2017-04-18 Orthosensor Inc Muscular-skeletal joint stability detection and method therefor
US9271675B2 (en) 2012-02-27 2016-03-01 Orthosensor Inc. Muscular-skeletal joint stability detection and method therefor
US9844335B2 (en) 2012-02-27 2017-12-19 Orthosensor Inc Measurement device for the muscular-skeletal system having load distribution plates
US9539112B2 (en) * 2012-03-28 2017-01-10 Robert L. Thornberry Computer-guided system for orienting a prosthetic acetabular cup in the acetabulum during total hip replacement surgery
US20130261633A1 (en) * 2012-03-28 2013-10-03 Robert L. Thornberry Computer-guided system for orienting a prosthetic acetabular cup in the acetabulum during total hip replacement surgery
US9381011B2 (en) 2012-03-29 2016-07-05 Depuy (Ireland) Orthopedic surgical instrument for knee surgery
US11589857B2 (en) 2012-03-29 2023-02-28 Depuy Ireland Unlimited Company Orthopedic surgical instrument for knee surgery
US10485530B2 (en) 2012-03-29 2019-11-26 Depuy Ireland Unlimited Company Orthopedic surgical instrument for knee surgery
US9545459B2 (en) 2012-03-31 2017-01-17 Depuy Ireland Unlimited Company Container for surgical instruments and system including same
US11051955B2 (en) 2012-03-31 2021-07-06 DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. System and method for validating an orthopaedic surgical plan
US10070973B2 (en) 2012-03-31 2018-09-11 Depuy Ireland Unlimited Company Orthopaedic sensor module and system for determining joint forces of a patient's knee joint
US11096801B2 (en) 2012-03-31 2021-08-24 Depuy Ireland Unlimited Company Orthopaedic surgical system for determining joint forces of a patient's knee joint
US10098761B2 (en) 2012-03-31 2018-10-16 DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. System and method for validating an orthopaedic surgical plan
US10206792B2 (en) 2012-03-31 2019-02-19 Depuy Ireland Unlimited Company Orthopaedic surgical system for determining joint forces of a patients knee joint
US9314188B2 (en) 2012-04-12 2016-04-19 Intellijoint Surgical Inc. Computer-assisted joint replacement surgery and navigation systems
WO2013164770A3 (en) * 2012-05-02 2014-01-23 Stryker Global Technology Center Handheld tracking systems and devices for aligning implant systems during surgery
JP2015516228A (en) * 2012-05-02 2015-06-11 ストライカー グローバル テクノロジー センターStryker Global Technology Center Portable tracking system, method using portable tracking system
US20150133945A1 (en) * 2012-05-02 2015-05-14 Stryker Global Technology Center Handheld tracking system and devices for aligning implant systems during surgery
US10034779B2 (en) * 2012-05-14 2018-07-31 Hong Chen Method and system for acquiring attitude of acetabulum and femoral head in real time during hip joint replacement procedure
US20150289890A1 (en) * 2012-05-14 2015-10-15 Hong Chen Method and system for acquiring attitude of acetabulum and femoral head in real time during hip joint replacement procedure
US10716580B2 (en) 2012-05-18 2020-07-21 OrthAlign, Inc. Devices and methods for knee arthroplasty
US9549742B2 (en) 2012-05-18 2017-01-24 OrthAlign, Inc. Devices and methods for knee arthroplasty
US11911119B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2024-02-27 OrthAlign, Inc. Hip replacement navigation system and method
US11653981B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2023-05-23 OrthAlign, Inc. Hip replacement navigation system and method
US9649160B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2017-05-16 OrthAlign, Inc. Hip replacement navigation system and method
US10603115B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2020-03-31 OrthAlign, Inc. Hip replacement navigation system and method
US20150289992A1 (en) * 2012-10-22 2015-10-15 Uti Limited Partnership Apparatus and method for positioning of acetabular components during hip arthroplasty procedures
US9757051B2 (en) 2012-11-09 2017-09-12 Orthosensor Inc. Muscular-skeletal tracking system and method
US9060788B2 (en) 2012-12-11 2015-06-23 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific acetabular guide for anterior approach
US9204977B2 (en) 2012-12-11 2015-12-08 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific acetabular guide for anterior approach
US9597201B2 (en) 2012-12-11 2017-03-21 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific acetabular guide for anterior approach
US11617591B2 (en) 2013-03-11 2023-04-04 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific glenoid guide with a reusable guide holder
US10441298B2 (en) 2013-03-11 2019-10-15 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific glenoid guide with a reusable guide holder
US9839438B2 (en) 2013-03-11 2017-12-12 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific glenoid guide with a reusable guide holder
US9579107B2 (en) 2013-03-12 2017-02-28 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Multi-point fit for patient specific guide
US9700325B2 (en) 2013-03-12 2017-07-11 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Multi-point fit for patient specific guide
US9826981B2 (en) 2013-03-13 2017-11-28 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Tangential fit of patient-specific guides
US10376270B2 (en) 2013-03-13 2019-08-13 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Universal acetabular guide and associated hardware
US11191549B2 (en) 2013-03-13 2021-12-07 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Tangential fit of patient-specific guides
US9498233B2 (en) 2013-03-13 2016-11-22 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc. Universal acetabular guide and associated hardware
US10426491B2 (en) 2013-03-13 2019-10-01 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Tangential fit of patient-specific guides
US9247998B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-02-02 Intellijoint Surgical Inc. System and method for intra-operative leg position measurement
US9597096B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-03-21 Arthromeda, Inc. Systems and methods for providing alignment in total knee arthroplasty
US11826113B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2023-11-28 Intellijoint Surgical Inc. Systems and methods to compute a subluxation between two bones
US9517145B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-12-13 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Guide alignment system and method
US9955983B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2018-05-01 Arthromeda, Inc. Systems and methods for providing alignment in total knee arthroplasty
US11839436B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2023-12-12 Intellijoint Surgical Inc. Methods and kit for a navigated procedure
US9566020B2 (en) 2013-03-18 2017-02-14 Orthosensor Inc System and method for assessing, measuring, and correcting an anterior-posterior bone cut
US10335055B2 (en) * 2013-03-18 2019-07-02 Orthosensor Inc. Kinetic assessment and alignment of the muscular-skeletal system and method therefor
US9339212B2 (en) 2013-03-18 2016-05-17 Orthosensor Inc Bone cutting system for alignment relative to a mechanical axis
US9492238B2 (en) 2013-03-18 2016-11-15 Orthosensor Inc System and method for measuring muscular-skeletal alignment to a mechanical axis
US9456769B2 (en) 2013-03-18 2016-10-04 Orthosensor Inc. Method to measure medial-lateral offset relative to a mechanical axis
US9408557B2 (en) 2013-03-18 2016-08-09 Orthosensor Inc. System and method to change a contact point of the muscular-skeletal system
US9615887B2 (en) 2013-03-18 2017-04-11 Orthosensor Inc. Bone cutting system for the leg and method therefor
US11793424B2 (en) * 2013-03-18 2023-10-24 Orthosensor, Inc. Kinetic assessment and alignment of the muscular-skeletal system and method therefor
US9642676B2 (en) 2013-03-18 2017-05-09 Orthosensor Inc System and method for measuring slope or tilt of a bone cut on the muscular-skeletal system
US9259172B2 (en) 2013-03-18 2016-02-16 Orthosensor Inc. Method of providing feedback to an orthopedic alignment system
US9820678B2 (en) * 2013-03-18 2017-11-21 Orthosensor Inc Kinetic assessment and alignment of the muscular-skeletal system and method therefor
US20220022774A1 (en) * 2013-03-18 2022-01-27 Orthosensor Inc. Kinetic assessment and alignment of the muscular-skeletal system and method therefor
US20140277526A1 (en) * 2013-03-18 2014-09-18 Orthosensor Inc Kinetic assessment and alignment of the muscular-skeletal system and method therefor
US9936898B2 (en) 2013-03-18 2018-04-10 Orthosensor Inc. Reference position tool for the muscular-skeletal system and method therefor
US11109777B2 (en) * 2013-03-18 2021-09-07 Orthosensor, Inc. Kinetic assessment and alignment of the muscular-skeletal system and method therefor
US20180000380A1 (en) * 2013-03-18 2018-01-04 Orthosensor Inc Kinetic assessment and alignment of the muscular-skeletal system and method therefor
US9265447B2 (en) 2013-03-18 2016-02-23 Orthosensor Inc. System for surgical information and feedback display
US20140303631A1 (en) * 2013-04-05 2014-10-09 Thornberry Technologies, LLC Method and apparatus for determining the orientation and/or position of an object during a medical procedure
US20220233224A1 (en) * 2013-10-14 2022-07-28 Navbit Holdings Pty Ltd Alignment apparatus for use in hip arthroplasty
US20160249968A1 (en) * 2013-10-14 2016-09-01 Silesco Pty Ltd Alignment apparatus for use in hip arthroplasty
US11213336B2 (en) * 2013-10-14 2022-01-04 Navbit Holdings Pty Ltd Alignment apparatus for use in hip arthroplasty
US10463415B2 (en) * 2013-10-14 2019-11-05 Navbit Holdings Pty Ltd Alignment apparatus for use in hip arthroplasty
US11179165B2 (en) 2013-10-21 2021-11-23 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Ligament guide registration
US20150142372A1 (en) * 2013-11-19 2015-05-21 Polaris Surgical, LLC Prosthetic placement tool and associated methods
US20170065432A1 (en) * 2013-11-19 2017-03-09 Mirus Llc Prosthetic placement tool and associated methods
US10245162B2 (en) 2013-12-29 2019-04-02 Kambiz Behzadi Prosthesis installation systems and methods
US11229530B2 (en) 2013-12-29 2022-01-25 Kambiz Behzadi Prosthesis revision systems and methods
US11576790B2 (en) 2013-12-29 2023-02-14 Kambiz Behzadi Prosthesis installation systems and methods
US10456271B2 (en) 2013-12-29 2019-10-29 Kambiz Behzadi Prosthesis revision systems and methods
US10172722B2 (en) 2013-12-29 2019-01-08 Kambiz Behzadi Prosthesis installation systems and methods
US10470897B2 (en) 2013-12-29 2019-11-12 Kambiz Behzadi Prosthesis revision systems and methods
US10478318B2 (en) 2013-12-29 2019-11-19 Kambiz Behzadi Prosthesis installation systems and methods
US10245160B2 (en) 2013-12-29 2019-04-02 Kambiz Behzadi Prosthesis installation systems and methods
US11399962B2 (en) 2013-12-29 2022-08-02 Kambiz Behzadi Prosthesis installation systems and methods
US10729559B2 (en) 2013-12-29 2020-08-04 Kambiz Behzadi Prosthesis installation systems and methods
US11337827B2 (en) 2013-12-29 2022-05-24 Kambiz Behzadi Prosthesis revision systems and methods
US10610379B2 (en) 2013-12-29 2020-04-07 Kambiz Behzadi Prosthesis installation systems and methods
US10282488B2 (en) 2014-04-25 2019-05-07 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc HTO guide with optional guided ACL/PCL tunnels
US10350022B2 (en) 2014-04-30 2019-07-16 Zimmer, Inc. Acetabular cup impacting using patient-specific instrumentation
WO2015168415A1 (en) * 2014-04-30 2015-11-05 Zimmer, Inc. Acetabular cup impacting using patient-specific instrumentation
CN106232062A (en) * 2014-04-30 2016-12-14 捷迈有限公司 The acetabular cup utilizing patient's particular instrument impacts
CN106232062B (en) * 2014-04-30 2019-01-11 捷迈有限公司 It is impacted using the acetabular cup of patient's particular instrument
US9408616B2 (en) 2014-05-12 2016-08-09 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Humeral cut guide
US9839436B2 (en) 2014-06-03 2017-12-12 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific glenoid depth control
US9561040B2 (en) 2014-06-03 2017-02-07 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific glenoid depth control
US10335162B2 (en) 2014-09-29 2019-07-02 Biomet Sports Medicine, Llc Tibial tubercle osteotomy
US9833245B2 (en) 2014-09-29 2017-12-05 Biomet Sports Medicine, Llc Tibial tubercule osteotomy
US9826994B2 (en) 2014-09-29 2017-11-28 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Adjustable glenoid pin insertion guide
US11026699B2 (en) 2014-09-29 2021-06-08 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Tibial tubercule osteotomy
WO2016070288A1 (en) 2014-11-06 2016-05-12 Orthosoft Inc. Instrument navigation in computer-assisted hip surgery
US10980645B2 (en) 2014-11-06 2021-04-20 Orthosoft Ulc Instrument navigation in computer-assisted hip surgery
EP3215042A4 (en) * 2014-11-06 2018-06-20 Orthosoft Inc. Instrument navigation in computer-assisted hip surgery
CN107072741A (en) * 2014-11-06 2017-08-18 奥尔索夫特公司 Instrument navigation in computer assisted Hip operation
US11517382B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2022-12-06 Orthosoft Ulc Method and device for cup implanting using inertial sensors
WO2016123702A1 (en) * 2015-02-02 2016-08-11 Orthosoft Inc. A method and device for cup implanting using inertial sensors
US10881470B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2021-01-05 Orthosoft Ulc Method and device for cup implanting using inertial sensors
US11020245B2 (en) * 2015-02-20 2021-06-01 OrthAlign, Inc. Hip replacement navigation system and method
US10363149B2 (en) 2015-02-20 2019-07-30 OrthAlign, Inc. Hip replacement navigation system and method
WO2016134168A1 (en) 2015-02-20 2016-08-25 Orithalign, Inc. Hip replacement navigation system and method
JP2018506411A (en) * 2015-02-24 2018-03-08 ポリテフニカ・ウツカ Device for measuring femoral displacement and method for performing orthopedic measurements during a surgical procedure to repair a damaged hip joint
US9820868B2 (en) 2015-03-30 2017-11-21 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Method and apparatus for a pin apparatus
US10568647B2 (en) 2015-06-25 2020-02-25 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific humeral guide designs
US11801064B2 (en) 2015-06-25 2023-10-31 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific humeral guide designs
US10925622B2 (en) 2015-06-25 2021-02-23 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific humeral guide designs
US10226262B2 (en) 2015-06-25 2019-03-12 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Patient-specific humeral guide designs
US20170007329A1 (en) * 2015-07-06 2017-01-12 Orthosoft Inc. Leg length and offset calculation in computer-assisted surgery using rangefinder
WO2017004714A1 (en) 2015-07-06 2017-01-12 Orthosoft Inc. Leg length and offset calculation in computer-assisted surgery using rangefinder
CN107920779A (en) * 2015-07-06 2018-04-17 奥尔索夫特公司 Leg length and eccentricity in the computer assisted surgery using rangefinder calculate
EP3302268A4 (en) * 2015-07-06 2019-03-20 Orthosoft Inc. Leg length and offset calculation in computer-assisted surgery using rangefinder
EP3307189A4 (en) * 2015-07-24 2018-07-04 IZI Medical Products, LLC Dynamic reference frame for surgical navigation system
US20190070019A1 (en) * 2016-02-24 2019-03-07 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Orthopedic angular measuring instrument
US11628017B1 (en) 2016-10-26 2023-04-18 Prichard Medical, Inc. Surgical instrument with LED lighting and absolute orientation
USD845312S1 (en) * 2017-03-13 2019-04-09 Episurf Ip Management Ab Portion of a display screen with a graphical user interface
US10722310B2 (en) 2017-03-13 2020-07-28 Zimmer Biomet CMF and Thoracic, LLC Virtual surgery planning system and method
USD844635S1 (en) * 2017-03-13 2019-04-02 Episurf Ip Management Ab Portion of a display screen with a graphical user interface
US10918499B2 (en) 2017-03-14 2021-02-16 OrthAlign, Inc. Hip replacement navigation systems and methods
US11547580B2 (en) 2017-03-14 2023-01-10 OrthAlign, Inc. Hip replacement navigation systems and methods
US11786261B2 (en) 2017-03-14 2023-10-17 OrthAlign, Inc. Soft tissue measurement and balancing systems and methods
US10863995B2 (en) 2017-03-14 2020-12-15 OrthAlign, Inc. Soft tissue measurement and balancing systems and methods
US10893955B2 (en) 2017-09-14 2021-01-19 Orthosensor Inc. Non-symmetrical insert sensing system and method therefor
US10842432B2 (en) 2017-09-14 2020-11-24 Orthosensor Inc. Medial-lateral insert sensing system with common module and method therefor
US11534316B2 (en) 2017-09-14 2022-12-27 Orthosensor Inc. Insert sensing system with medial-lateral shims and method therefor
US11051829B2 (en) 2018-06-26 2021-07-06 DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. Customized patient-specific orthopaedic surgical instrument
US11812978B2 (en) 2019-10-15 2023-11-14 Orthosensor Inc. Knee balancing system using patient specific instruments
US10952775B1 (en) 2020-12-14 2021-03-23 Prichard Medical, LLC Surgical instrument with orientation sensor having a user identified heading
CN112932667A (en) * 2021-01-27 2021-06-11 南京逸动智能科技有限责任公司 Special positioning scale for three-dimensional image, operation navigation system and positioning method thereof
CN113558738A (en) * 2021-06-04 2021-10-29 北京达芬奇视界医疗科技发展有限公司 Multifunctional positioning and guiding device for orthopedic surgery

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20230135541A1 (en) 2023-05-04
AU2009291743A1 (en) 2010-03-18
EP2358310A4 (en) 2014-05-07
ES2750264T3 (en) 2020-03-25
WO2010030809A1 (en) 2010-03-18
US11540746B2 (en) 2023-01-03
AU2009291743B2 (en) 2015-02-05
US20100137871A1 (en) 2010-06-03
US20120283599A1 (en) 2012-11-08
EP2358310B1 (en) 2019-07-31
US20190357809A1 (en) 2019-11-28
US20180303379A1 (en) 2018-10-25
EP2358310A1 (en) 2011-08-24
US8974468B2 (en) 2015-03-10
US11179062B2 (en) 2021-11-23
US20220071509A1 (en) 2022-03-10
US20150272478A1 (en) 2015-10-01
US9931059B2 (en) 2018-04-03
US10321852B2 (en) 2019-06-18
CA2736525A1 (en) 2010-03-18
CA2736525C (en) 2019-10-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11540746B2 (en) Hip surgery systems and methods
US11547451B2 (en) Systems and methods for joint replacement
AU2015201383A1 (en) Systems and methods for joint replacement

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: RESEARCH CORPORATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC., ARIZONA

Free format text: SECURITY AGREEMENT;ASSIGNOR:ORTHALIGN, INC.;REEL/FRAME:027220/0325

Effective date: 20111110

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION

AS Assignment

Owner name: ORTHALIGN, INC., CALIFORNIA

Free format text: RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY;ASSIGNOR:RESEARCH CORPORATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.;REEL/FRAME:034855/0922

Effective date: 20150128